WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT INC
POS AM, 1998-06-11
COMMERCIAL PRINTING
Previous: AZTEC TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS INC /DE/, POS AM, 1998-06-11
Next: MANNATECH INC, S-1/A, 1998-06-11



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 11, 1998
    
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-46535
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------
 
   
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
    
                                 -------------
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              --------------------
 
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                             ----------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
             DELAWARE                              2759                             06-1507104
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION
  INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)       CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                   NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                              --------------------
                               240 ROYAL PALM WAY
                           PALM BEACH, FLORIDA 33480
                                 (561) 659-6551
         (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
            AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                                STEVEN R. GIBSON
                            CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
                               240 ROYAL PALM WAY
                           PALM BEACH, FLORIDA 33480
                                 (561) 659-6551
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                             ----------------------
                                WITH A COPY TO:
                             GEORGE P. STAMAS, ESQ.
                           WILMER, CUTLER & PICKERING
                              2445 M STREET, N.W.
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20037
                          TELEPHONE NO. (202) 663-6000
                          FACSIMILE NO. (202) 663-6363
                              --------------------
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE OF SECURITIES TO THE
PUBLIC: As soon as possible after the effective date of this Registration
Statement.
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box. / /
    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the offering. / /
    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
                              --------------------
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PROPOSED            PROPOSED
                                                                       MAXIMUM             MAXIMUM            AMOUNT OF
            TITLE OF SECURITIES                     AMOUNT          OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE          REGISTRATION
              TO BE REGISTERED                 TO BE REGISTERED       PER SHARE         OFFERING PRICE         FEE (2)
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, to
 be distributed to holders of U.S. Office
 Products Company common stock..............    100,000,000(1)          $.347            $34,719,000           $10,243
</TABLE>
 
(1) Approximate number of shares of Workflow Management, Inc. common stock
    expected to be distributed based upon an assumed distribution ratio of one
    share of Workflow Management, Inc. common stock for every one share of U.S.
    Office Products Company common stock held by each stockholder of U.S. Office
    Products Company on the record date for the distribution. The actual
    distribution ratio will be determined prior to effectiveness of this
    Registration Statement, and is expected to be less than one share of
    Workflow Management, Inc. common stock for every one share of U.S. Office
    Products Company common stock.
(2) The Company has previously paid the Securities and Exchange Commission the
    registration fee.
- --------------------
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON
SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
           DISTRIBUTION OF UP TO 14,625,268 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
   WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC. TO STOCKHOLDERS OF U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS COMPANY
 
    This Information Statement/Prospectus is being furnished by U.S. Office
Products Company ("U.S. Office Products") in connection with the distribution to
its stockholders of the stock of Workflow Management, Inc. ("Workflow
Management" or the "Company"). Workflow Management is a Delaware corporation
formed by U.S. Office Products that will own substantially all the assets of,
and will be responsible for substantially all the liabilities associated with,
U.S. Office Products' Print Management Division. Pursuant to this distribution
(the "Workflow Distribution" or the "Distribution"), all of the issued and
outstanding shares of the common stock, $.001 par value per share, of Workflow
Management (the "Company Common Stock") will be distributed to holders of record
as of 5:00 p.m. EDT on June 9, 1998 (the "Record Date") of the common stock, par
value $.001 per share, of U.S. Office Products ("U.S. Office Products Common
Stock"). Each such holder will receive one share of Company Common Stock for
every 7.5 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock held on the Record Date
(the "Distribution Ratio"). Fractional shares will be aggregated into whole
shares of Company Common Stock and sold on the open market by the Distribution
Agent (as defined herein). The proceeds of such sales will be distributed to
holders who otherwise would be entitled to receive fractional shares. See "The
Workflow Distribution--General."
 
   
    Holders of U.S. Office Products Common Stock will not be required to pay any
consideration for the shares of Company Common Stock they receive in the
Workflow Distribution. On June 10, 1998, the shares of Company Common Stock
began trading on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "WORK." The closing
price of the Company Common Stock on June 10, 1998 as reported on the Nasdaq
National Market System was $9.00.
    
 
    The Workflow Distribution is an element of a comprehensive restructuring
plan adopted by the Board of Directors of U.S. Office Products, including
modifications made by the Board of Directors since first adopting this plan (as
so modified, the "Strategic Restructuring Plan"). The principal elements of the
Strategic Restructuring Plan are: (1) a self-tender offer by U.S. Office
Products (the "Tender Offer") to purchase 37,037,037 shares of U.S. Office
Products Common Stock (including shares that may be issued on exercise of vested
and unvested options for U.S. Office Products Common Stock) at $27.00 per share
(or, in the case of stock options, at $27.00 minus the exercise price of the
options) and the incurrence of debt to pay a portion of the purchase price in
the Tender Offer; (2) after acceptance of shares in the Tender Offer, the pro
rata distribution to U.S. Office Products' stockholders of shares of four
companies that will conduct U.S. Office Products' current print management,
technology solutions, educational supplies and corporate travel services
businesses (the "Distributions"); and (3) the sale to an affiliate ("CD&R") of
an investment fund managed by Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. ("CD&R, Inc.") of
equity interests in U.S. Office Products (the "Equity Investment") following
acceptance of shares in the Tender Offer and the Record Date for the
Distributions.
 
    All holders of U.S. Office Products Common Stock, including the executive
officers and directors of the Company, had the right to participate in the
Tender Offer. All officers and directors of the Company who held shares or
options for U.S. Office Products Common Stock tendered shares and options in the
Tender Offer.
 
    IN REVIEWING THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS, STOCKHOLDERS SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE MATTERS DESCRIBED UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS"
BEGINNING ON PAGE 8.
 
    THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
ABOUT BUSINESS STRATEGIES, MARKET POTENTIAL, FUTURE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE AND
OTHER MATTERS. IN ADDITION, WHEN USED IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT/ PROSPECTUS,
THE WORDS "INTENDS TO," "BELIEVES," "ANTICIPATES," "EXPECTS" AND SIMILAR
EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. SUCH STATEMENTS
INVOLVE MANY RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM SUCH STATEMENTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8.
                              --------------------
  THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE
 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR
     HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
          COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
              INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                   TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE
                              --------------------
 
    THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL
OR THE SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES.
                              --------------------
 
   
       THE DATE OF THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS IS JUNE 10, 1998
    
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (including exhibits, schedules and
amendments thereto, the "Company Form S-1") pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to the Company Common
Stock. This Information Statement/Prospectus, while forming a part of the
Company Form S-1, does not contain all of the information set forth in the
Company Form S-1. Reference is hereby made to the Company Form S-1 for further
information with respect to the Company and the securities to be distributed to
U.S. Office Products' stockholders in the Workflow Distribution. Statements
contained herein concerning the provisions of documents filed as exhibits to the
Company Form S-1 are necessarily summaries of such documents, and each such
statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the
applicable document filed with the SEC.
 
    The Company Form S-1 is available for inspection and copying at the public
reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as the Regional Offices of the SEC at
Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048.
Copies of such information can be obtained by mail from the Public Reference
Branch of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at
prescribed rates, or on the Internet at http://www.sec.gov.
 
    Following the Workflow Distribution, the Company will be subject to the
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance therewith, will file reports, proxy
statements and other information with the SEC that will be available for
inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities referred to
above. Copies of such material can be obtained by mail at prescribed rates by
writing to the Public Reference Branch of the SEC at the address referred to
above.
 
    Additional information regarding the Strategic Restructuring Plan and the
Company may be found in reports, proxy statements and other information filed by
U.S. Office Products with the SEC, including U.S. Office Products Tender Offer
Statement on Schedule 13E-4 filed on May 4, 1998 and U.S. Office Products Proxy
Statement filed on April 30, 1998.
 
    The Company intends to furnish its stockholders annual reports containing
consolidated financial statements audited by its independent auditor and
quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated financial statements for
each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
    Questions concerning the Workflow Distribution should be directed to Mark D.
Director, Executive Vice President--Administration, General Counsel and
Secretary of U.S. Office Products, or Donald H. Platt, Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of U. S. Office Products, at 1025 Thomas
Jefferson Street, N.W., Suite 600 East, Washington, D.C. 20007, telephone no.
(202) 339-6700. After the Workflow Distribution, holders of Company Common Stock
having inquiries related to their investment in the Company should contact
Steven R. Gibson, Chief Financial Officer of Workflow Management, at 240 Royal
Palm Way, Palm Beach, Florida 33480, telephone no. (561) 659-6551.
 
    NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS INFORMATION
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS
MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED.
                               ------------------
 
   
    Until July 5, 1998 (the expiration of the twenty-fifth calendar day
following the Workflow Distribution), all dealers effecting transactions in
registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be
required to deliver an Information Statement/Prospectus.
    
 
   GetSmart-TM-, Informa-TM- and Imagenet-TM- are trademarks of the Company.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
 
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           1
 
RISK FACTORS...............................................................................................           8
 
THE WORKFLOW DISTRIBUTION..................................................................................          18
 
THE SPIN-OFFS FROM U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS....................................................................          29
 
DIVIDEND POLICY............................................................................................          31
 
CAPITALIZATION.............................................................................................          32
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA....................................................................................          33
 
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF WORKFLOW
  MANAGEMENT...............................................................................................          35
 
BUSINESS...................................................................................................          42
 
MANAGEMENT OF WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT..........................................................................          51
 
CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.......................................................................................          60
 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS OF WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT..............................................................          61
 
DESCRIPTION OF WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT CAPITAL STOCK...........................................................          63
 
EXPERTS....................................................................................................          65
 
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................................................          65
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE DETAILED
INFORMATION, INCLUDING "RISK FACTORS" AND THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OF WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC. (THE "COMPANY" OR "WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT") AND NOTES
THERETO, THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY
AND THE NOTES THERETO, AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CERTAIN COMPANIES
ACQUIRED BY THE COMPANY AND THE NOTES THERETO, APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THE
INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS. THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS CONTAINS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. WHEN USED
HEREIN, THE WORDS "ANTICIPATE," "BELIEVE," "ESTIMATE," "EXPECT," AND SIMILAR
EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE
COMPANY'S ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE DISCUSSED HEREIN.
FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE OR CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH DIFFERENCES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT
LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS," "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF WORKFLOW
MANAGEMENT" AND "BUSINESS," AS WELL AS THOSE DISCUSSED ELSEWHERE IN THIS
INFORMATION STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS.
 
   
    UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS INFORMATION
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS REFLECTS CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS DESCRIBED UNDER
"THE SPIN-OFFS FROM U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS." WHERE THE CONTEXT REQUIRES AND UNLESS
THE CONTEXT INDICATES OTHERWISE, THE INFORMATION HEREIN HAS BEEN ADJUSTED FOR
THE DISTRIBUTION RATIO. APPROXIMATELY 14,625,268 SHARES OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK
ARE BEING DISTRIBUTED TO STOCKHOLDERS OF U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS.
    
 
   
    UNLESS THE CONTEXT REQUIRES OTHERWISE, ALL REFERENCES TO THE COMPANY (OR
WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT) INCLUDE SFI OF DELAWARE, LLC ("SFI"), SFI OF PUERTO RICO,
INC., HANO DOCUMENT PRINTERS, INC. ("HANO"), UNITED ENVELOPE, LLC ("UE"), REX
ENVELOPE CO., INC. ("REX"), HUXLEY ENVELOPE CORP. ("HUXLEY"), POCONO ENVELOPE
CORP. ("POCONO"), ASTRID OFFSET CORP. ("ASTRID") (UE, REX, HUXLEY AND POCONO ARE
COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREAFTER AS "UNITED") AND BUSINESSES OF 1186202
ONTARIO LIMITED ("1186202 ONTARIO"), OF WHICH 3303471 CANADA LIMITED ("3303471
CANADA") IS A DIRECT SUBSIDIARY AND DATA BUSINESS FORMS LIMITED ("DBF") IS AN
INDIRECT SUBSIDIARY, WHOLLY-OWNED DIRECT OR INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES OF THE
COMPANY, AS WELL AS ALL PREDECESSORS THEREOF.
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Workflow Management is an integrated graphic arts company providing
documents, envelopes and commercial printing to more than 22,000 businesses in
the United States and Canada. The Company also offers various print and
facilities management services which allow customers to realize cost savings by
outsourcing non-core operations, as well as design services and workflow
analysis. Drawing on its position in the industry and its experience in
completing acquisitions, the Company seeks to become a leading consolidator in
the highly fragmented graphic arts industry. In the last ten years, the
Company's senior management team successfully completed the acquisition of 16
companies for Standard Forms, Inc., the predecessor to SFI. Since the
acquisition of SFI and Hano by the Print Management Division of U.S. Office
Products in January 1997, that same management team has continued its
acquisition strategy by successfully buying six additional companies. As a
result, the enterprise has grown from SFI's revenues and operating income of
$115.1 million and $6.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31,
1996, to the Company's revenues and operating income of $345.4 million and $17.1
million, respectively, for the twelve months ended January 24, 1998. The Company
currently has over 2,000 employees and has 17 manufacturing facilities in seven
states and five Canadian Provinces, 26 distribution centers, eight
print-on-demand centers and 59 sales offices. Workflow Management intends to
continue to pursue its aggressive acquisition strategy to extend its geographic
scope and market penetration, and to increase sales to existing customers by
cross-selling documents, envelopes and commercial printing.
 
    Workflow Management offers a full range of printed products which are either
manufactured by the Company or procured from one of the Company's more than
3,500 vendors. The Company's product line includes: (i) documents, such as
custom invoices, purchase orders, checks and labels; (ii) envelopes, including
specialty envelopes for uses such as credit card solicitations, annual reports,
direct mail and airline tickets; and (iii) commercial printing, such as product
and corporate brochures, personalized direct mail literature, catalogs,
directories and digital imaging. The
 
<PAGE>
Company's manufacturing base, combined with its extensive vendor network and
distribution capability, gives the Company broad flexibility to meet customers'
demand for printed products. For the nine months ended January 24, 1998,
approximately 55.2% of its revenues were derived from products purchased by the
Company for distribution, and 44.8% were derived from products manufactured by
the Company.
 
    Many of the Company's customers are attempting to reduce their overhead and
direct costs by focusing on core competencies and by outsourcing non-core
operations to specialists. The Company provides customers with print management
services that are designed to control the costs of procuring, storing and using
graphic arts in their business operations. As an outsourcing specialist for
print management services, Workflow Management enables its customers to reduce
costs and improve control by soliciting competitive bids, establishing more
efficient inventory levels and order quantities, and consolidating requisitions,
production and deliveries. The Company also performs design and procurement
services for its customers. In order to meet growing demand, Workflow Management
plans to continue to expand its product lines and services, and to promote its
print and facilities management services, which allow customers to outsource the
management of printed products.
 
    The Company believes that its proprietary technology and systems are central
to its ability to capitalize effectively on industry outsourcing trends and
provide it with a significant competitive advantage. The Company has developed
its GetSmart and Informa transaction and information systems to support these
services and the Company's sales of printed products. The GetSmart system
provides transaction, reporting and control capabilities to the Company and its
customers in the United States. The Informa system supports requisition,
distribution and imaging services with a control database and a variety of
customer interfaces for its customers in Canada, including the Imagenet Document
Manager ("Imagenet") that provides access via the world wide web. In addition,
using the GetSmart and the Informa systems, the Company has the flexibility to
integrate future acquisitions and increase its customer base rapidly and
seamlessly. In addition, with its technology platform, Workflow Management
believes that it is able to position itself as a premier technology deployer,
thus increasing the Company's attractiveness to potential acquisition targets.
The Company is granting a license to U.S. Office Products for the Company's
Imagenet technology effective on the Distribution Date (as hereafter defined).
See "Certain Transactions."
 
    The document, envelope and commercial printing industries that comprise the
graphic arts businesses are highly fragmented, and the Company believes they are
ripe for consolidation. The Company believes that (i) the market for documents
was approximately $12.7 billion in 1996, up from $11.1 billion in 1993; (ii)
while the U.S. market for envelopes decreased from $3.0 billion in 1989 to $2.6
billion in 1992, the market has since increased to approximately $3.0 billion in
1996; and (iii) the general commercial segment of the U.S. printing industry
shipped more than $88.0 billion of products in 1996, an increase of 8% over
1995. Furthermore, management believes there are approximately 200 envelope
manufacturers in the U.S., and that the commercial printing industry is composed
of approximately 25,000 printing plants, 70% of which have fewer than 10
employees.
 
    The Company intends to capitalize on consolidation opportunities in three
business lines of the North American graphic arts industry: United States
printed products, United States envelopes and Canadian printed products. The
Company will focus on acquisition opportunities that complement and complete its
product line and service offerings. The Company believes that the greatest
consolidation opportunities exist among distribution companies in the graphic
arts industry. The Company plans to offer the customers of its newly acquired
companies its GetSmart and Informa systems and its full offering of print and
facilities management services. Workflow Management also plans to grow
internally by developing new products, cross-selling the full complement of the
Company's products and services to the customers of its subsidiaries (which
previously had limited product offerings) and implementing its transaction and
information systems throughout the Company.
 
    Workflow Management was incorporated in the state of Delaware on February
13, 1998. U.S. Office Products acquired SFI Corp. ("SFI Corp."), a predecessor
to SFI, and a related company, Hano, on January 24, 1997. On April 25, 1997,
U.S. Office Products acquired United Envelope Co., Inc.("United Co."), a
predecessor to UE, as well as Rex, Huxley and Pocono. On April 26, 1997, U.S.
Office Products acquired DBF. On February 26, 1998, U.S. Office
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
Products acquired Astrid. As part of the Strategic Restructuring Plan (as
defined herein), SFI Corp. and United Co. were converted into the limited
liability companies SFI and UE, respectively, whose sole members and equity
owners are the Company, the shares of Rex, Huxley, Pocono and Astrid were
transferred to UE, and the shares of Hano and DBF were transferred to the
Company. The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 240 Royal
Palm Way, Palm Beach, Florida 33480. Workflow Management's telephone number is
(561) 659-6551.
 
                    BACKGROUND OF THE WORKFLOW DISTRIBUTION
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>        <C>
THE DISTRIBUTION.............  Shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company (the
                               "Company Common Stock") are, subject to certain conditions, being
                               distributed to the stockholders of record of U.S. Office Products (the
                               "Workflow Distribution" or the "Distribution") as of 5:00 p.m. EDT on June
                               9, 1998 (the "Record Date"). The Workflow Distribution is part of a
                               comprehensive restructuring plan adopted by the U.S. Office Products Board
                               of Directors. The principal elements of the plan including modifications
                               the Board of Directors has made since first adopting this plan (as so
                               modified, the "Strategic Restructuring Plan") are:
 
                               -          Pursuant to a self-tender offer, U.S. Office Products is
                                          purchasing 37,037,037 shares of its Common Stock, $.001 par
                                          value ("U.S. Office Products Common Stock"), including shares
                                          that may be issued on exercise of vested and unvested options
                                          for U.S. Office Products Common Stock at $27.00 per share (or
                                          in the case of stock options, at $27.00 minus the exercise
                                          price of the options) (the "Tender Offer").
 
                               -          After acceptance of shares in the Tender Offer, U.S. Office
                                          Products is distributing to U.S. Office Products' stockholders
                                          the shares of four separate companies: Aztec Technology
                                          Partners, Inc., Workflow Management, School Specialty, Inc.,
                                          and Navigant International, Inc. (collectively, the "Spin-Off
                                          Companies"). The distributions of the shares of the Spin-Off
                                          Companies are referred to in this Information
                                          Statement/Prospectus as the "Distributions." The Spin-Off
                                          Companies will hold U.S. Office Products' current techology
                                          solutions, print management, educational supplies and corporate
                                          travel services businesses, respectively.
 
                               -          Following the Record Date, an affiliate ("CD&R") of an
                                          investment fund managed by of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc.
                                          ("CD&R, Inc."), a private investment firm, is acquiring
                                          approximately 36,368,426 shares of U.S. Office Products Common
                                          Stock, representing 24.9% of the outstanding equity of U.S.
                                          Office Products, for $270.0 million, after giving effect to the
                                          Tender Offer and the issuance of shares to CD&R and warrants to
                                          purchase additional U.S. Office Products Common Stock (the
                                          "Equity Investment"). CD&R will not acquire any interests in
                                          the Spin-Off Companies.
 
                               U.S. Office Products will retain its North American Office Products Group
                               (which includes the office supply, office furniture, and office coffee and
                               beverage services businesses), Mail Boxes, Etc., its New Zealand and
                               Australia operations and its 49% interest in Dudley Stationery Limited (a
                               U.K. contract stationer).
 
                               In conjunction with the Strategic Restructuring Plan, U.S. Office Products
                               is undertaking the following transactions (the "Financing Transactions"):
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>        <C>
                               -          Pursuant to a tender offer, U.S. Office Products is
                                          repurchasing $222.2 million of its 5 1/2% convertible
                                          subordinated notes due 2003 (the "2003 Notes"), for a purchase
                                          price of 94.5% of the principal amount and accrued interest of
                                          such notes (the "2003 Note Tender").
 
                               -          Pursuant to an exchange offer, U.S. Office Products has
                                          exchanged approximately $131.0 million principal amount of its
                                          5 1/2% convertible subordinated notes due 2001 (the "2001
                                          Notes") for 8,100,741 shares of U.S. Office Products Common
                                          Stock (the "2001 Note Offer") at an exchange rate of 61.483
                                          shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock per $1,000
                                          principal amount of 2001 Notes, which effectively reduced the
                                          conversion price on the 2001 Notes from $19.00 to $16.17 while
                                          the 2001 Note Offer was open.
 
                               -          U.S. Office Products is entering into a new $1.225 billion
                                          senior credit facility pursuant to an agreement dated the date
                                          of this Information Statement/Prospectus.
 
                               -          U.S. Office Products has entered into an agreement to issue and
                                          sell $400.0 million in 9 3/4% senior subordinated notes (the
                                          "Senior Subordinated Notes") in a private placement.
 
REASONS FOR THE                The Distributions are intended to separate the Spin-Off Companies from
DISTRIBUTIONS................  U.S. Office Products' other businesses so that each can:
 
                               -          adopt strategies and pursue objectives that are appropriate to
                                          its respective industry, geographic territories and state of
                                          growth;
 
                               -          pursue an independent acquisition program that allows for a
                                          more focused use of resources and, where stock is used as
                                          consideration, provide stock of a public company that is in the
                                          same industry as the businesses being acquired;
 
                               -          be recognized by the financial community as a distinct business
                                          that can be evaluated more readily and compared more easily to
                                          industry peers; and
 
                               -          implement more focused incentive compensation packages that
                                          respond to specific industry and market conditions and enhance
                                          employee retention objectives.
 
                               The Distributions are also integral to the objectives of the Equity
                               Investment, which is conditioned on completion of all of the
                               Distributions. See "The Workflow Distribution--Reasons for the
                               Distribution."
 
SHARES TO BE DISTRIBUTED.....  Approximately 14,625,268 shares of Company Common Stock are being
                               distributed to stockholders of U.S. Office Products in the Workflow
                               Distribution.
 
DISTRIBUTION RATIO...........  Each U.S. Office Products stockholder will receive one share of Company
                               Common Stock for every 7.5 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
                               held on the Record Date.
 
FRACTIONAL SHARE INTERESTS...  Fractional share interests will be aggregated and sold by the Distribution
                               Agent and the cash proceeds will be distributed to those U.S. Office
                               Products stockholders entitled to a fractional interest. See "The Workflow
                               Distribution-- General."
 
RECORD DATE..................  As of 5:00 p.m. EDT on June 9, 1998.
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>        <C>
DISTRIBUTION DATE............  The effective time of the Distribution will be 11:59 p.m. EDT on June 9,
                               1998 (the "Distribution Date").
 
MAILING DATE.................  Certificates representing shares of the Company Common Stock are expected
                               to be mailed to U.S. Office Products stockholders on or about June 12,
                               1998 (the "Mailing Date").
 
DISTRIBUTION AGENT...........  American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES.............  Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering has delivered an opinion stating that, subject
                               to the matters discussed therein, for U.S. federal income tax purposes the
                               receipt of the Company Common Stock by U.S. Office Products stockholders
                               will be tax-free to U.S. Office Products and the U.S. Office Products
                               stockholders (except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional
                               shares). See "The Workflow Distribution--U.S. Federal Income Tax
                               Consequences of the Workflow Distribution."
 
ARRANGEMENTS AMONG U.S.
OFFICE PRODUCTS, WORKFLOW
MANAGEMENT AND THE OTHER
SPIN-OFF COMPANIES AFTER THE
DISTRIBUTIONS................  Workflow Management, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies
                               are entering into an agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") in
                               connection with the Distribution pursuant to which, among other things,
                               (i) equity interests in the U.S. Office Products subsidiaries that engage
                               in the print management business are being transferred to Workflow
                               Management, (ii) liabilities are being allocated among Workflow
                               Management, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies, and
                               (iii) Workflow Management, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off
                               Companies will indemnify one another for liabilities allocated to them
                               under the Distribution Agreement and a share of certain other liabilities.
 
                               Workflow Management and U.S. Office Products are also entering into an
                               agreement (the "Tax Allocation Agreement") (i) allocating to Workflow
                               Management responsibility for its share of U.S. Office Products'
                               consolidated income tax liability for the years that it was included in
                               U.S. Office Products' consolidated federal income tax returns, (ii)
                               sharing certain state, local and foreign taxes, and (iii) providing (a)
                               for indemnification by Workflow Management for certain taxes if they are
                               assessed against U.S. Office Products as a result of the Distributions,
                               and (b) joint and several indemnification by Workflow Management and the
                               other Spin-Off Companies for such taxes resulting from certain acts taken
                               by Workflow Management or any of the other Spin-Off Companies. The
                               liability to U.S. Office Products for taxes resulting from such acts is
                               being allocated among the Spin-Off Companies pursuant to a separate
                               agreement (the "Tax Indemnification Agreement"). As a consequence,
                               Workflow Management will be primarily liable for taxes resulting from acts
                               taken by Workflow Management and liable (subject to indemnification by the
                               other Spin-Off Companies) for any taxes resulting from acts taken by the
                               other Spin-Off Companies.
 
                               Workflow Management, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies
                               are also entering into an agreement (the "Employee Benefits Agreement")
                               relating to the allocation of assets, liabilities and responsibilities
                               with respect to employee benefit plans and programs and certain related
                               matters. See "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products."
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                              SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
 
    In reviewing this Information Statement/Prospectus, stockholders should
carefully consider the matters described under the heading "Risk Factors"
beginning on p. 8, including, among others, risks associated with (i) the
potential volatility of the trading price and the absence of a prior trading
market for shares of Company Common Stock, (ii) the fact that the Company has
not operated as a stand-alone entity, separate from U.S. Office Products, (iii)
dependence upon acquisitions for future growth, (iv) integrating acquisitions
and acquisition financing, (v) conflicts of interest resulting from the fact
that (a) the Distribution Agreement is not the result of arms'-length
negotiation and (b) stock options are being issued to certain officers and
directors of the Spin-Off Companies in connection with the Distributions, (vi)
the tax consequences of the Distributions, and (vii) limitations on equity
offerings and the use of Workflow Management capital stock in acquisitions.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA (1)
                     (In thousands, except per share data)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                               APRIL 26,       -------------------------
                                                             FOUR MONTHS   ------------------
                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            ENDED                  PRO
                      -------------------------------------   APRIL 30,               FORMA    JANUARY 25,   JANUARY 24,
                       1992      1993      1994    1995(2)      1996         1997    1997(3)      1997          1998
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------  --------  -----------   -----------
<S>                   <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME
  DATA:
Revenues............  $80,731  $121,463  $154,193  $309,426   $114,099     $327,381  $342,335   $239,751      $257,777
Cost of revenues....   57,054    88,255   114,885   234,959     82,998      236,340   244,475    172,869       190,482
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------  --------  -----------   -----------
Gross profit........   23,677    33,208    39,308    74,467     31,101       91,041    97,860     66,882        67,295
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses..........   20,800    27,683    32,020    62,012     22,485       70,949    75,568     51,735        53,083
Non-recurring
  acquisition
  costs.............                                                          5,006     5,006      2,902
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------  --------  -----------   -----------
Operating income....    2,877     5,525     7,288    12,455      8,616       15,086    17,286     12,245        14,212
Interest expense....      904     1,328     2,048     5,370      1,676        4,561     3,647      3,910         1,665
Interest income.....      (81)     (116)                           (18)         (25)                 (21)           (9)
Other (income)
  expense...........      366       511       186        62       (151)         632       408        610          (205)
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------  --------  -----------   -----------
Income before
  provision for
  (benefit from)
  income taxes and
  extraordinary
  items.............    1,688     3,802     5,054     7,023      7,109        9,918    13,231      7,746        12,761
Provision for
  (benefit from)
  income taxes(4)...      153       260       379       (33)     1,351        3,690     5,425      2,249         5,212
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------  --------  -----------   -----------
Income before
  extraordinary
  items.............    1,535     3,542     4,675     7,056      5,758        6,228  $  7,806      5,497         7,549
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
Extraordinary
  items(5)..........                                    700                     798
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------            -----------   -----------
Net income..........  $ 1,535  $  3,542  $  4,675  $  6,356   $  5,758     $  5,430             $  5,497      $  7,549
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------            -----------   -----------
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------            -----------   -----------
Per share amounts:
  Basic:
    Income from
      before
      extraordinary
      items.........  $  0.26  $   0.60  $   0.77  $   0.90   $   0.56     $   0.52  $   0.53(6)  $   0.48    $   0.49
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
    Extraordinary
      items.........                                   0.09                    0.07
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------            -----------   -----------
    Net income......  $  0.60  $   0.77  $   0.81  $   0.56   $   0.45               $   0.48   $   0.49
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------            -----------   -----------
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------            -----------   -----------
  Diluted...........
    Income from
      before
      extraordinary
      items.........  $  0.26  $   0.60  $   0.77  $   0.88   $   0.55     $   0.51  $   0.53(6)  $   0.47    $   0.48
                                                                                     --------
                                                                                     --------
    Extraordinary
      items.........                                   0.09                    0.07
    Net income......  $  0.26  $   0.60  $   0.77  $   0.79   $   0.55     $   0.44             $   0.47      $   0.48
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------            -----------   -----------
                      -------  --------  --------  --------  -----------   --------            -----------   -----------
Weighted average
  shares
  outstanding:......
  Basic.............    5,901     5,901     6,075     7,875     10,333       12,003    14,625(7)    11,464      15,301
  Diluted...........    5,901     5,901     6,094     8,003     10,547       12,235    14,625(7)    11,710      15,625
 
<CAPTION>
 
                          PRO           PRO
                         FORMA         FORMA
                      JANUARY 25,   JANUARY 24,
                        1997(3)       1998(3)
                      -----------   -----------
<S>                   <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME
  DATA:
Revenues............   $250,820      $263,960
Cost of revenues....    178,983       193,104
                      -----------   -----------
Gross profit........     71,837        70,856
Selling, general and
  administrative
  expenses..........     55,472        55,095
Non-recurring
  acquisition
  costs.............      2,902
                      -----------   -----------
Operating income....     13,463        15,761
Interest expense....      2,735         2,735
Interest income.....
Other (income)
  expense...........        445           (333)
                      -----------   -----------
Income before
  provision for
  (benefit from)
  income taxes and
  extraordinary
  items.............     10,283        13,359
Provision for
  (benefit from)
  income taxes(4)...      4,216         5,477
                      -----------   -----------
Income before
  extraordinary
  items.............   $  6,067      $  7,882
                      -----------   -----------
                      -----------   -----------
Extraordinary
  items(5)..........
 
Net income..........
 
Per share amounts:
  Basic:
    Income from
      before
      extraordinary
      items.........   $   0.41(6)   $   0.54(6)
                      -----------   -----------
                      -----------   -----------
    Extraordinary
      items.........
 
    Net income......
 
  Diluted...........
    Income from
      before
      extraordinary
      items.........   $   0.41(6)   $   0.54(6)
                      -----------   -----------
                      -----------   -----------
    Extraordinary
      items.........
    Net income......
 
Weighted average
  shares
  outstanding:......
  Basic.............     14,625(7)     14,625(7)
  Diluted...........     14,625(7)     14,625(7)
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            ------------------------------------------  APRIL 30,
                                                                              1992       1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital...........................................................  $   6,005  $   7,264  $   8,583  $  20,127  $  23,378
Total assets..............................................................     26,543     48,374     51,357    120,630    117,949
Short-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products...........................
Long-term debt, less current portion......................................      4,632      9,632      7,355     28,812     28,108
Long-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products............................
Stockholder's equity......................................................      7,459     11,675     12,889     24,719     29,120
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          JANUARY 24, 1998
                                                                                       ----------------------
                                                                            APRIL 26,                 PRO
                                                                              1997      ACTUAL     FORMA(8)
                                                                            ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital...........................................................  $  16,910  $  25,370   $  43,958
Total assets..............................................................    125,108    127,105     143,073
Short-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products...........................     23,622     17,658
Long-term debt, less current portion......................................      6,034      5,498      40,638
Long-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products............................        561      1,905
Stockholder's equity......................................................     47,780     55,979      55,979
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
 (1) The historical financial information of the businesses that were acquired
     in business combinations accounted for under the pooling-of-interests
     method (the "Pooled Companies") has been combined on a historical cost
     basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")
     to present this financial data as if the Pooled Companies had always been
     members of the same operating group. The financial information of the
     businesses acquired in the business combinations accounted for under the
     purchase method (the "Purchased Companies") is included from the dates of
     their respective acquisitions. The pro forma financial information reflects
     completed acquisitions through May 1, 1998. See Note 4 of the Company's
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the number
     and accounting treatment of the acquisitions by the Company.
 (2) The results for the year ended December 31, 1995 include the results of
     DBF, one of the Pooled Companies, from its date of incorporation on
     February 8, 1995.
   
 (3) Gives effect to the Distribution and the purchase acquisitions completed by
     the Company since May 1, 1996 as if all such transactions had been made on
     May 1, 1996. The pro forma statement of income data are not necessarily
     indicative of the operating results that would have been achieved had these
     events actually then occurred and should not be construed as representative
     of future operating results.
    
   
 (4) Certain Pooled Companies were organized as subchapter S corporations prior
     to the closing of their acquisitions by the Company and, as a result, the
     federal tax on their income was the responsibility of their individual
     stockholders. Accordingly, the specific Pooled Companies provided no
     federal income tax expense prior to these acquisitions by the Company.
    
   
 (5) Extraordinary items represent the losses associated with the early
     terminations of credit facilities at one Pooled Company, net of the related
     income tax benefits.
    
   
 (6) Pro forma net income per share is pro forma income before extraordinary
     items per share.
    
   
 (7) For calculation of the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding for
     the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and for the nine months ended January
     24, 1998 and January 25, 1997, see Note 2(j) of Notes to Pro Forma Combined
     Financial Statements included herein.
    
   
 (8) Gives effect to the Distribution and purchase acquisition of Astrid as if
     such transactions had been made on January 24, 1998. The pro forma balance
     sheet data are not necessarily indicative of the financial position that
     would have been achieved had these events actually then occurred and should
     not be construed as representative of future financial position.
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS INFORMATION
STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING
THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS.
 
POTENTIAL VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE AND OTHER RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SHARES
  ELIGIBLE FOR IMMEDIATE SALE
 
   
    As a result of the Workflow Distribution, stockholders of U.S. Office
Products are acquiring 14,625,268 shares of Company Common Stock that are freely
tradeable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act
except that any shares held by "affiliates" of Workflow Management within the
meaning of the Securities Act will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule
144 promulgated under the Securities Act ("Rule 144"). Because the Workflow
Distribution is being made to existing stockholders of U.S. Office Products who
have not made an affirmative decision to invest in the Company Common Stock,
there can be no assurance that some or all of these stockholders will not sell
the shares of Company Common Stock that they receive into the market shortly
after the Workflow Distribution. In addition, U.S. Office Products is included
in certain broad-based indices tracked by a number of investment companies and
other institutional investors, and such investors can be expected to sell the
shares of Company Common Stock they receive in the Workflow Distribution shortly
thereafter.
    
 
   
    In addition, the Company will have outstanding immediately exercisable
options to acquire shares of Company Common Stock. The Company intends to
register the shares of Company Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to
its stock incentive plan on the Distribution Date or as soon thereafter as
practicable. Following the Workflow Distribution, in view of the large number of
shares freely-tradeable and available for immediate sale, the market for the
Company Common Stock could be highly volatile and the trading price of the
Company Common Stock could be adversely affected.
    
 
ABSENCE OF HISTORY AS A STAND-ALONE COMPANY
 
    The Company is the result of the consolidation by U.S. Office Products of
nine separate companies engaged in the graphic arts industry. The operations of
Workflow Management as a stand-alone, consolidated entity may place significant
demands on the Company's management, operational and technical resources. Prior
to the Workflow Distribution, certain general and administrative functions
relating to the Company's business (such as legal and accounting) were handled
by U.S. Office Products. The Company's future performance will depend on its
ability to function as a stand-alone entity, to finance and manage expanding
operations, and to adapt its information systems to changes in its business. In
addition, Workflow Management will not be able to rely on the purchasing power
of U.S. Office Products and, therefore, may not be able to obtain the same
volume discounts for products and services that are available to U.S. Office
Products. As a result, the Company's expenses may be higher than when it was a
part of U.S. Office Products, and the Company may experience disruptions it
would not encounter as a part of U.S. Office Products. Furthermore, the
financial information included herein may not necessarily reflect the results of
operations and financial condition of Workflow Management had it been a
separate, stand-alone entity during the periods presented, or may not be
indicative of future results of operations and financial condition of the
Company.
 
DEPENDENCE UPON ACQUISITIONS FOR FUTURE GROWTH
 
    One of the Company's strategies is to increase its revenues and the markets
it serves through the acquisition of additional graphic arts businesses. There
can be no assurance that suitable candidates for acquisitions can be identified
or, if suitable candidates are identified, that acquisitions can be completed on
acceptable terms, if at all. Prior to the Workflow Distribution, the Company's
acquisitions were completed with substantial business, legal and accounting
assistance from U.S. Office Products and the acquisitions were primarily paid
for with U.S. Office Products Common Stock. The pace of the Company's
acquisition program may be adversely affected by the absence of U.S. Office
Products' support for the acquisitions. In addition, Workflow Management intends
to use Company Common Stock to pay for certain of its
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
acquisitions and, therefore, if the owners of potential acquisition candidates
are not willing to receive shares of Company Common Stock in exchange for their
businesses, the Company's acquisition program could be adversely affected.
Moreover, the consolidation of the North American graphic arts industry has
reduced the number of larger companies available for sale, which could lead to
higher prices being paid for the acquisition of the remaining domestic,
independent companies. In addition, Workflow Management is subject to
limitations on the number of shares it can issue without jeopardizing the
tax-free treatment of the Workflow Distribution. Limitations on the Company's
ability to issue shares could also adversely affect the Company's acquisition
strategy. See "--Possible Limitations on Issuances of Common Stock," "--Material
Amount of Goodwill," "--Inability to Use Pooling-of-Interests Accounting" and
"--Tax Matters."
 
RISKS RELATED TO INTEGRATION OF ACQUISITIONS
 
    Integration of acquired companies may involve a number of special risks that
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations and financial
performance, including adverse short-term effects on its reported operating
results (including those adverse short-term effects caused by severance payments
to employees of acquired companies, restructuring charges associated with the
acquisitions and other expenses associated with a change of control, as well as
non-recurring acquisition costs including accounting and legal fees, investment
banking fees, recognition of transaction-related obligations and various other
acquisition-related costs); diversion of management's attention; difficulties
with retention, hiring and training of key personnel; risks associated with
unanticipated problems or legal liabilities; and amortization of acquired
intangible assets. Furthermore, although Workflow Management conducts due
diligence and generally requires representations, warranties and
indemnifications from the former owners of acquired companies, there can be no
assurance that such owners will have accurately represented the financial and
operating conditions of their companies. If an acquired company's financial or
operating results were misrepresented, the acquisition could have a material
adverse effect on the results of operations and financial condition of Workflow
Management.
 
RISKS RELATED TO ACQUISITION FINANCING; ADDITIONAL DILUTION
 
    Workflow Management currently intends to finance its future acquisitions by
using shares of Company Common Stock, cash, borrowed funds or a combination
thereof. If the Company Common Stock does not maintain a sufficient market
value, if the price of Company Common Stock is highly volatile, or if potential
acquisition candidates are otherwise unwilling to accept Company Common Stock as
part of the consideration for the sale of their businesses, Workflow Management
may be required to use more of its cash resources or more borrowed funds, in
order to initiate and maintain its acquisition program. If Workflow Management
does not have sufficient cash resources, its growth could be limited unless it
is able to obtain additional capital through debt or equity offerings. However,
the use of equity offerings in connection with the Workflow Distribution will
also be subject to certain limitations on the number of shares that Workflow
Management can issue without jeopardizing the tax-free treatment of the Workflow
Distribution. See "--Possible Limitation on Issuances of Common Stock" and
"--Tax Matters." Prior to the Workflow Distribution, Workflow Management was not
responsible for obtaining external sources of funding. There can be no assurance
that Workflow Management, as a stand-alone company, will be able to obtain such
financing if and when it is needed or that any such financing will be available
on terms it deems acceptable.
 
    The Company will have 150,000,000 authorized shares of Company Common Stock,
a portion of which could be available (subject to the rules and regulations of
federal and state securities laws, limitations under U.S. federal income tax
laws and rules and the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market) to finance acquisitions
without obtaining stockholder approval for such issuances. Existing stockholders
may suffer dilution if Workflow Management uses Company Common Stock as
consideration for future acquisitions. Moreover, the issuance of additional
shares of Company Common Stock may have a negative impact on earnings per share
and may negatively impact the market price of the Company Common Stock.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
MATERIAL AMOUNT OF GOODWILL
 
    Approximately $14.2 million, or 9.9% of the Company's pro forma total assets
as of January 24, 1998, represents intangible assets, the significant majority
of which is goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair
market value of net assets acquired in business combinations accounted for under
the purchase method. The Company amortizes goodwill on a straight line method
over a period of 40 years with the amount amortized in a particular period
constituting a non-cash expense that reduces the Company's net income. The
Company will be required to periodically evaluate the recoverability of goodwill
by reviewing the anticipated undiscounted future cash flows from the operations
of the acquired companies and comparing such cash flows to the carrying value of
the associated goodwill. If goodwill becomes impaired, Workflow Management would
be required to write down the carrying value of the goodwill and incur a related
charge to its income. A reduction in net income resulting from the amortization
or write down of goodwill could have a material and adverse impact upon the
market price of the Company Common Stock.
 
INABILITY TO USE POOLING-OF-INTERESTS ACCOUNTING
 
    Generally accepted accounting principles require that an entity be
autonomous for a period of two years before it is eligible to complete business
combinations under the pooling-of-interests method. As a result of the Company
being a wholly-owned subsidiary of U.S. Office Products prior to the Workflow
Distribution, the Company will be unable to satisfy this criteria for a period
of two years following the Workflow Distribution. Therefore, the Company will be
precluded from completing business combinations under the pooling-of-interests
method for a period of two years and any business combinations completed by the
Company during such period will be accounted for under the purchase method
resulting in the recording of goodwill. The amortization of the goodwill will
reduce net income reported by the Company below that which would have been
reported if the pooling-of-interests method had been used by the Company.
 
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST IN THE DISTRIBUTIONS
 
   
    The Company, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies are
entering into the Distribution Agreement, the Tax Allocation Agreement and the
Employee Benefits Agreement, and the Spin-Off Companies are entering into the
Tax Indemnification Agreement. See "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products."
These agreements provide, among other things, for U.S. Office Products and the
Company to indemnify each other from tax and other liabilities relating to their
respective businesses prior to and following the Workflow Distribution.
    
 
    Certain indemnification obligations of the Company and the other Spin-Off
Companies to U.S. Office Products are joint and several. Therefore, if one of
the other Spin-Off Companies fails to satisfy its indemnification obligations to
U.S. Office Products when such a loss occurs, the Company may be required to
reimburse U.S. Office Products for all or a portion of the losses that otherwise
would have been allocated to such other Spin-Off Company. In addition, the
agreements will allocate certain liabilities, including general corporate and
securities liabilities of U.S. Office Products not specifically related to the
specific business to be conducted by the Spin-Off Companies and
post-Distribution U.S. Office Products among U.S. Office Products and each of
the Spin-Off Companies. Adverse developments involving U.S. Office Products or a
Spin-Off Company (other than Workflow Management), or material disputes with
U.S. Office Products following the Distributions, could have a material adverse
effect on the Company.
 
    The terms of the agreements that will govern the relationship among the
Company, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies were established
by U.S. Office Products in consultation with the Company and the other Spin-Off
Companies prior to the Distributions and, while the Company and the other
Spin-Off Companies were wholly-owned subsidiaries of U.S. Office Products. The
terms of these agreements, including the allocation of general corporate and
securities liabilities among U.S. Office Products, the Company and the other
Spin-Off Companies, may not be the same as they would be if the agreements were
the result of arm's-length negotiations. In addition, the agreements must
contain certain
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
terms specified in U.S. Office Products' agreement with CD&R relative to the
Equity Investment and must otherwise be reasonably acceptable to CD&R. CD&R will
not be a stockholder in any of the Spin-Off Companies and its interests may be
adverse to those of the Spin-Off Companies. See "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office
Products." Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the terms and conditions
of the agreements are not more or less favorable to the Company than those that
might have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
 
    As of June 10, 1998, Jonathan J. Ledecky, Chairman of the U.S. Office
Products Board of Directors, is receiving options for shares of each of the
Spin-Off Companies exercisable for 7.5% of the common stock of each Spin-Off
Company. See "Management of Workflow Management--Ledecky Services Agreement." As
a result, Mr. Ledecky has interests in the Distributions that differ in certain
respects from, and may conflict with, the interests of other stockholders of
U.S. Office Products and Workflow Management.
 
TAX MATTERS
 
    Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering has delivered an opinion (the "Tax Opinion")
stating that for U.S. federal income tax purposes the Distributions (including
the Workflow Distribution) will qualify as tax-free spin-offs under Section 355
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and will not be
taxable under Section 355(e) of the Code. The Tax Opinion is based on certain
assumptions and the accuracy as of the time of the Distributions of factual
representations made by U.S. Office Products, the Spin-Off Companies and CD&R,
and certain other information, data, documentation and other materials as
Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering has deemed necessary. See "The Workflow
Distribution--U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Workflow
Distribution."
 
    The Tax Opinion represents Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering's best judgment of how
a court would rule. However, the opinion is not binding upon either the Internal
Revenue Service (the "IRS") or any court. A ruling has not been, and will not
be, sought from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences
of the Workflow Distribution. Accordingly, the IRS and/or a court could reach a
conclusion that differs from the conclusions in the Tax Opinion.
 
    If the Workflow Distribution fails to qualify under Section 355 as a
tax-free spin-off, each holder of U.S. Office Products Common Stock on the
Record Date will be treated as having received a taxable corporate distribution
in an amount equal to the fair market value (on the Distribution Date) of the
Company Common Stock distributed to such holder of U.S. Office Products Common
Stock including fractional shares. In addition, U.S. Office Products will
recognize gain equal to the difference between the fair market value of the
Company Common Stock (on the Distribution Date) and U.S. Office Products'
adjusted tax basis in the Company Common Stock (on the Distribution Date). If
U.S. Office Products were to recognize gain on the Workflow Distribution, such
gain would likely be substantial.
 
    If the Workflow Distribution is taxable under Section 355(e), but otherwise
satisfies the requirements for a tax-free spin-off, U.S. Office Products will
recognize gain equal to the difference between the fair market value of the
Company Common Stock (on the Distribution Date) and U.S. Office Products'
adjusted tax basis in the Company Common Stock (on the Distribution Date).
However, no gain or loss will be recognized by holders of U.S. Office Products
Common Stock (except with respect to cash received in lieu of fractional
shares). If U.S. Office Products were to recognize gain on the Workflow
Distribution, such gain would likely be substantial.
 
POTENTIAL LIABILITY FOR TAXES RELATED TO THE DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    In connection with the Distributions, U.S. Office Products is entering into
the Tax Allocation Agreement with the Spin-Off Companies, which provides that
the Spin-Off Companies will jointly and severally indemnify U.S. Office Products
for any losses associated with taxes related to the Distributions ("Distribution
Taxes") if an action or omission (an "Adverse Tax Act") of any of the Spin-Off
Companies materially contributes to a final determination that any or all of the
Distributions are taxable. Workflow Management is also entering into the Tax
Indemnification Agreement with the other Spin-Off Companies
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
under which the Spin-Off Company that is responsible for the Adverse Tax Act
will indemnify the other Spin-Off Companies for any liability to indemnify U.S.
Office Products under the Tax Allocation Agreement. As a consequence, Workflow
Management will be liable for any Distribution Taxes resulting from any Adverse
Tax Act by Workflow Management and liable (subject to indemnification by the
other Spin-Off Companies) for any Distribution Taxes resulting from an Adverse
Tax Act by the other Spin-Off Companies. If there is a final determination that
any or all of the Distributions are taxable and it is determined that there has
not been an Adverse Tax Act by either U.S. Office Products or any of the Spin-
Off Companies, U.S. Office Products and each of the Spin-Off Companies will be
liable for its pro rata portion of the Distribution Taxes based on the value of
each company's common stock after the Distributions. As a result, the Company
could become liable for a pro rata portion of any Distribution Taxes with
respect not only to the Workflow Distribution, but also any of the other
Distributions. See "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products--Tax Allocation
Agreement and Tax Indemnification Agreement" and "The Workflow
Distribution--U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Workflow Distribution"
for a detailed discussion of the Tax Allocation Agreement, the Tax
Indemnification Agreement and U.S. federal income tax consequences of the
Workflow Distribution.
 
POSSIBLE LIMITATIONS ON ISSUANCES OF COMMON STOCK
 
    Section 355(e) of the Code, which was added in 1997, generally provides that
a company that distributes shares of a subsidiary in a spin-off that is
otherwise tax-free will incur U.S. federal income tax liability if 50% or more,
by vote or value, of the capital stock of either the company making the
distribution or the spun-off subsidiary is acquired by one or more persons
acting pursuant to a plan or series of related transactions that include the
spin-off. Stock acquired by certain related persons is aggregated in determining
whether the 50% test is met. There is a presumption that any acquisition
occurring two years before or after the spin-off is pursuant to a plan that
includes the spin-off. However, the presumption may be rebutted by establishing
that the spin-off and such acquisition are not part of a plan or series of
related transactions. As a result of the provisions of Section 355(e), there can
be no assurance that issuances of stock by Workflow Management, including
issuances in connection with an acquisition of another business by Workflow
Management, will not create a tax liability for U.S. Office Products.
 
    Workflow Management is entering into the Tax Allocation Agreement and the
Tax Indemnification Agreement pursuant to which Workflow Management will be
liable to U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off Companies if its actions
or omissions materially contribute to a final determination that the Workflow
Distribution is taxable. See "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products--Tax
Allocation Agreement and Tax Indemnification Agreement."
 
    This limitation could adversely affect the pace of Workflow Management's
acquisitions and its ability to issue Company Common Stock for other purposes,
including equity offerings.
 
RISKS RELATED TO ALLOCATION FOR CERTAIN LIABILITIES
 
   
    Under the Distribution Agreement, Workflow Management will be liable for (i)
any liabilities arising out of or in connection with the business conducted by
it or its subsidiaries, (ii) its liabilities under the Employee Benefits
Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement and related agreements described under "The
Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products," (iii) the U.S. Office Products' debt that
has been allocated to the Company (see "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office
Products--Distribution Agreement--Debt"), (iv) liabilities under the securities
laws relating to sections of this Information Statement/Prospectus, as well as
other securities law liabilities related to the Workflow Management business
that arise from information supplied to U.S. Office Products (or that should
have been supplied, but was not) by Workflow Management, (v) U.S. Office
Products' liabilities for earn-outs from acquisitions in respect of Workflow
Management and its subsidiaries, (vi) Workflow Management's costs and expenses
related to a planned public offering that did not occur and its bank credit
facility, and (vii) $1.0 million of the transaction costs (including legal,
accounting, investment banking and financial advisory) and other fees incurred
by U.S. Office Products in connection with its Strategic Restructuring Plan.
Each of the other Spin-Off Companies
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
will be similarly obligated to U.S. Office Products. Workflow Management and the
other Spin-Off Companies have also agreed to bear a pro rata portion of (i) U.S.
Office Products' liabilities under the securities laws (other than claims
relating solely to a specific Spin-Off Company or relating specifically to the
continuing businesses of U.S. Office Products) and (ii) U.S. Office Products'
general corporate liabilities (other than debt, except for that specifically
allocated to the Spin-Off Companies) incurred prior to the Distributions (I.E.,
liabilities not related to the conduct of a particular distributed or retained
subsidiary's business) (the "Shared Liabilities"). If one of the Spin-Off
Companies defaults on an obligation owed to U.S. Office Products, the
non-defaulting Spin-Off Companies will be obligated on a pro rata basis to pay
such obligation ("Default Liability"). As a result of the Shared Liabilities and
Default Liability, Workflow Management could be obligated to U.S. Office
Products in respect of obligations and liabilities not related to its business
or operations and over which neither it nor its management has or has had any
control or responsibility. The aggregate of the Shared Liabilities and Default
Liability for which any Spin-Off Company may be liable is, however, limited to
$1.75 million. See "--Potential Liability for Taxes Related to the
Distributions" and "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products." The Company's pro
rata share of Shared Liabilities and Default Liability is described in the
section captioned "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products--The Distribution
Agreement--Liabilities."
 
EMERGING ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES
 
    Electronic forms and electronic data interchange technologies have recently
been introduced. There can be no assurance that such emerging technologies will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company or on the document industry.
Over the last several years, the document industry has undergone a transition as
a result of the increased usage of desk top publishing and laser printer
technology, which has led to a decreased demand for certain document products.
The continuation of such technological changes, or the development of other
trends that decrease demand for documents, could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
ATTRACTION AND RETENTION OF PERSONNEL
 
    The Company's senior management team does not have experience operating a
public company. Timothy L. Tabor has resigned as Executive Vice President of
U.S. Office Products Print Management Division and Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer of SFI and Hano. Therefore, the Company is recruiting a
qualified individual to perform the functions associated with these positions.
Mr. Tabor is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in hiring, integrating or
retaining such an individual. Steven R. Gibson assumed the position of Vice
President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company on April 8,
1998.
 
    The Company's operations depend on the continued efforts of Thomas B.
D'Agostino, its Chief Executive Officer, its other executive officers and the
senior management of certain of its subsidiaries. Furthermore, the Company's
operations will likely depend on the senior management of certain of the
companies that may be acquired in the future. If any of these people becomes
unable to continue in his or her present role, or if the Company is unable to
attract and retain other skilled employees, its business could be adversely
affected. The Company does not have key man life insurance covering any of its
executive officers or other members of senior management of its subsidiaries.
 
    In addition, Jonathan J. Ledecky is serving as a director and an employee of
Workflow Management and is providing services to Workflow Management after the
Workflow Distribution pursuant to an employment agreement between Mr. Ledecky
and the Company. U.S. Office Products is permitted to (and will) assign to
Workflow Management certain rights of, and obligations under, U.S. Office
Products' services agreement with Mr. Ledecky dated January 13, 1998, as amended
and restated as of June 8, 1998 (the "Ledecky Services Agreement"), following
the Workflow Distribution. See "Management of Workflow Management--Ledecky
Services Agreement." Mr. Ledecky is also serving as a director and employee
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
of each of the other Spin-Off Companies, and is the director or an officer of
other public companies. Mr. Ledecky may be unable to devote substantial time to
the activities of Workflow Management.
 
DEPENDENCE ON INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS; RISKS OF INFRINGEMENT
 
    The Company's success and ability to compete depends in part upon its
proprietary technology, trademarks and copyrights. Workflow Management regards
the software underlying its GetSmart, Imagenet and Informa systems as
proprietary, and relies primarily on trade secrets, copyright and trademark law
to protect these proprietary rights. The Company has registered some of its
trademarks, and has no patents issued nor applications pending. Existing trade
secrets and copyright laws afford the Company only limited protection.
Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of the Company's software or to
obtain and use information that Workflow Management regards as proprietary.
Policing unauthorized use of the Company's software is difficult. Workflow
Management generally enters into confidentiality and assignment agreements with
its employees and generally controls access to and distribution of its software,
documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it
may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use the
Company's services or technology without authorization, or to develop similar
services or technology independently. Workflow Management is not aware that any
of its software, trademarks or other proprietary rights infringe the proprietary
rights of third parties. However, there can be no assurance that third parties
will not assert infringement claims against Workflow Management in the future.
Any such claims, with or without merit, can be time consuming and expensive to
defend and may require the Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements
or cease the alleged infringing activities. See "Business--Print Management" and
"Business-- Intellectual Property."
 
EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN DEMAND FOR DOCUMENTS; CYCLICALITY
 
    Historically, the Company's operating results have depended heavily on sales
of documents. For the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, and for the nine months
ended January 24, 1998, sales of documents accounted for approximately 57% and
49%, respectively, of the Company's net sales. Workflow Management anticipates
that document sales will continue to account for a significant percentage of the
Company's sales for the foreseeable future. An important element of the
Company's business strategy is to continue its growth in document sales by
continuing to acquire other document companies, hiring experienced sales
representatives, attracting new customers and increasing sales to existing
customers. The overall document industry has not grown in the last few years,
although demand for certain products, such as laser forms, pressure-sensitive
labels, form/label combinations and single-part cut-sheet mailers has increased.
Accordingly, for Workflow Management to continue its growth in document sales,
it must increase its market share and respond to changes in demand in the
overall document industry. No assurance can be given that Workflow Management
will be successful in increasing its market share or responding to shifts in
demand. The failure by the Company to do so could have a material adverse effect
on its business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
    In addition, the document industry historically has been affected by general
economic and industry cycles that have materially and adversely affected
distributors and manufacturers of documents. No assurance can be given as to the
effect of a continuation of, or change in, such business cycles on the Company's
business, financial condition or results of operations. The delay or inability
of Workflow Management to respond to changing economic cycles could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or
results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations of Workflow Management" and "Business--
Business Strategy."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CANADIAN OPERATIONS
 
    Workflow Management has significant operations in Canada. Net sales from the
Company's Canadian operations accounted for approximately 37% of the Company's
total net sales in the fiscal year ended
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
April 26, 1997. As a result, Workflow Management is subject to certain risks
inherent in conducting business internationally, including fluctuations in
currency exchange rates. Workflow Management is also subject to risks associated
with the imposition of protective legislation and regulations, including those
resulting from trade or foreign policy. In addition, because of the Company's
Canadian operations, significant revenues and expenses are denominated in
Canadian dollars. Changes in exchange rates may have a significant effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Workflow
Management does not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.
 
UNITED STATES POSTAL RATES; ALTERNATIVE DELIVERY MEDIA
 
    The Company's operating results depend, to a significant extent, on sales of
envelopes. Sales of envelopes accounted for approximately 30% of the Company's
net sales for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997. Because the great majority
of envelopes used in the United States are sent through the mail, postal rates
are a significant factor affecting the growth of envelope usage. Historically,
increases in postal rates, relative to changes in the cost of alternative
delivery means and/or advertising media, have resulted in temporary reductions
in the growth rate of mail sent. For example, third class postal rates increased
approximately 50% and 14% in 1991 and 1995, respectively, contributing to a
substantial leveling off in the growth rate of third class mail sent during the
periods following such increases. If postal rates increase, mail volume could
decline, which could reduce revenue from the Company's sale of envelopes and
reduce the Company's earnings and cash flow.
 
    In addition, alternative delivery media may affect the demand for envelopes.
As the current trend towards usage of the Internet and other electronic media by
consumers for such purposes as paying utility and credit card bills grows,
Workflow Management expects the demand for envelopes for such purposes to
decline. Although management believes that overall demand for envelopes,
particularly the custom and specialty envelopes Workflow Management focuses on,
will continue to grow at rates comparable to recent historical levels,
competition from alternative media may reduce demand for envelopes, and the
Company's revenues from the sale of envelopes may decrease, which could reduce
the Company's earnings and cash flow.
 
IMPACT OF FLUCTUATIONS IN PAPER PRICES
 
    Paper prices represent a substantial portion of the cost of producing
documents, envelopes and commercial printing distributed and manufactured by
Workflow Management. Accordingly, prevailing paper prices can have a significant
impact on the Company's sales. The timing of increases or decreases in paper
prices and any subsequent change in prices charged to the Company's customers
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's revenues and gross
margins. Although Workflow Management has generally been able to pass increases
in paper costs on to its customers, for competitive or other reasons, the
Company cannot offer any assurance that it will be able to pass all or a portion
of any future paper price or other cost increases on to its customers. If
Workflow Management were unable to pass on these costs, profit margins would
decrease, which could reduce earnings and cash flow. Moreover, an increase in
the Company's prices for the products it distributes, resulting from a
pass-through of increased paper costs, could reduce the volume of units sold by
the Company and decrease the Company's revenues.
 
    Due to the significance of paper to most of the Company's products, Workflow
Management is dependent upon the availability of paper. During periods of tight
paper supply, many paper producers allocate shipments of paper based on the
historical purchase levels of customers. There can be no assurance that the
Company's document and envelope businesses would not be materially adversely
affected if either Workflow Management or its vendors experienced difficulty in
obtaining adequate quantities of paper in the future. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of
Workflow Management."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
UNIONIZED WORKFORCE
 
    Approximately 31% of the Company's employees in the United States and
approximately 8% of the Company's employees in Canada are covered by collective
bargaining agreements. There can be no assurance that strikes or work stoppages
will not occur in the future. Strikes or work stoppages and the resultant
adverse impact on the Company's relationship with its customers could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, the Company's acquisition strategy could be
adversely affected because of its union status for a variety of reasons,
including without limitation, incompatibility with a target's existing unions
and reluctance of non-union targets to become affiliated with a union based
company. See "Business--Employees."
 
COST AND RISKS OF LOSS RELATING TO ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION
 
    The Company's operations and real property are subject to U.S. and Canadian
federal, state, provincial and local environmental laws and regulations,
including those governing the use, storage, treatment, transportation and
disposal of solid and hazardous materials, the emission or discharge of such
materials into the environment, and the remediation of contamination associated
with such disposal or emissions (collectively, "Environmental Laws"). Workflow
Management utilizes certain hazardous materials, such as washes, inks,
alcohol-based products, fountain solution, photographic fixer and developer
solutions, machine and hydraulic oils and solvents. While management believes
that the Company's current operations are in substantial compliance with
Environmental Laws, there can be no assurance that all potential environmental
liabilities have been identified, or that future uses, conditions or legal
requirements (including without limitation, those that may result from future
acts or omissions or changes in applicable Environmental Laws) will not
materially adversely affect the Company's business or operations in the future.
See "Business--Environmental Regulations."
 
COMPETITION
 
    Workflow Management competes for retail sales of documents and envelopes
against other independent distributors and against manufacturers' direct sales
organizations. In commercial printing, the Company also competes with
manufacturers' direct sales organizations, independent brokers, advertising
agencies and design firms. The principal competitive factors in the graphic arts
industry are price, quality, selection, services, production capacity, delivery
and customer support.
 
    Although Workflow Management often competes with smaller businesses, it also
competes against the largest competitors in the North American documents
industry, such as Moore Corporation Ltd., Reynolds & Reynolds Company, Standard
Register Company and Wallace Computer Services, Inc., and the largest
competitors in the U.S. envelope industry, such as Mail-Well, Westvaco and
Tension Envelope Company. The largest competitors for commercial printing
include direct sales organizations of Graphic Industries, Inc., R. R. Donnelley
& Sons, Quebecor, Inc. and World Color Press, Inc. Most of these competitors
have substantially greater financial resources than the Company.
 
INABILITY TO ASSIGN CONTRACTS
 
    In connection with the Workflow Distribution, certain operating companies
(the "Predecessor Companies") have been reorganized into new business entities
(the "Successor Companies"). The Predecessor Companies have entered into
numerous contracts, including leases, employment and services contracts that
will require the consents of the other parties to assignment of such contracts
to the Successor Companies. Failure to obtain any or all of such consents could
result in loss of benefits under leases or employment contracts, or loss of
revenues or the acceleration of obligations thereunder or under other contracts.
There can be no assurance that any of the parties to contracts with Predecessor
Companies will consent to the assignment of these contracts to the Successor
Companies. Inability to assign any or all of these contracts may have a material
adverse effect on the Successor Companies and Workflow Management as a whole.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
NO DIVIDENDS
 
    Workflow Management does not expect to pay cash dividends on Company Common
Stock in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET
 
   
    Prior to the Workflow Distribution, there has been no public market for the
Company Common Stock. The trading price of the Company Common Stock could be
subject to wide fluctuations in response to variations in the Company's
quarterly operating results, changes in earnings estimates by analysts,
conditions in the Company's businesses, general market or economic conditions or
other factors. In addition, in recent years the stock market has experienced
extreme price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations have had a substantial
effect on the market prices for many companies, often unrelated to the operating
performance of the specific companies. Such market fluctuations could have a
material adverse effect on the market price of the Company Common Stock. See
"--Potential Volatility of Stock Price and Other Risks Associated With Shares
Eligible for Immediate Sale."
    
 
CONSIDERATION FOR OPERATING COMPANIES EXCEEDS ASSET VALUE
 
    To date, the purchase prices of the Company's acquisitions have not been
established by independent appraisals, but generally have been determined
through arm's-length negotiations between the Company's management and
representatives of such companies. The consideration paid for each such company
has been based primarily on the value of such company as a going concern and not
on the value of the acquired assets. Valuations of these companies determined
solely by appraisals of the acquired assets would have been less than the
consideration paid for the companies. No assurance can be given that the future
performance of such companies will be commensurate with the consideration paid.
Workflow Management does not expect to value future acquisitions on the basis of
asset appraisals. Therefore, this risk will apply to future acquisitions as
well.
 
RISK OF LOSS FROM POSSIBLE FAILURE TO ACHIEVE YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    Several of the Company's operating companies are using billing or other
software that is not Year 2000 compliant. The Company has not quantified the
costs of addressing its Year 2000 issues, but it believes that the necessary
adaptations of these systems can be completed in the next 18 months, and that
the costs of achieving compliance will not be material. If the Company is unable
to make the necessary adaptations on a timely basis, or if the costs are greater
than expected, the consequences of untimely resolution or the costs of complying
could have an adverse impact on the Company's business or operations.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                           THE WORKFLOW DISTRIBUTION
 
GENERAL
 
    Each holder of shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock of record as of
5:00 p.m. EDT on June 9, 1998 (the "Record Date"), will receive one share of
Company Common Stock for every 7.5 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
held on the Record Date. The Company Common Stock will be distributed on behalf
of U.S. Office Products by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company as the
Distribution Agent. No certificates or scrip representing fractional shares of
Company Common Stock will be issued. Fractional share interests will be
aggregated and sold by the Distribution Agent at such time or times as it shall
determine in open market transactions effected through broker-dealers selected
by it. The cash proceeds will be distributed to those stockholders entitled to a
fractional interest with the distribution of payment for the tendered shares or
as soon thereafter as practicable. Certificates representing shares of Company
Common Stock are expected to be distributed on the Mailing Date.
 
   
    Workflow Management, as of the Distribution Date, will hold substantially
all of the businesses and assets of, and will be responsible for substantially
all of the liabilities associated with, U.S. Office Products Print Management
Division. See "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products--Distribution Agreement."
Workflow Management includes the businesses of the following wholly-owned
subsidiaries of U.S. Office Products: SFI, Hano, United, Huxley, Rex, Pocono,
DBF and Astrid. Immediately prior to the Workflow Distribution, U.S. Office
Products will hold all the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common
Stock. Approximately 14,625,268 shares of Company Common Stock will be
distributed to stockholders of U.S. Office Products Common Stock in the Workflow
Distribution.
    
 
THE STRATEGIC RESTRUCTURING PLAN
 
    The Workflow Distribution is part of the Strategic Restructuring Plan. The
principal elements of the Strategic Restructuring Plan are:
 
    - Pursuant to the Tender Offer, U.S. Office Products is purchasing
      37,037,037 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock (including shares
      that may be issued on exercise of vested and unvested options for U.S.
      Office Products Common Stock) at $27.00 per share (or, in the case of
      stock options, at $27.00 minus the exercise price of the options), and is
      incurring additional indebtedness to pay a substantial portion of the
      purchase price for these shares.
 
    - Pursuant to the Distributions, U.S. Office Products is distributing the
      shares of the Spin-Off Companies to U.S. Office Products stockholders
      based on the shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock outstanding after
      acceptance of shares in the Tender Offer. Each U.S. Office Products
      stockholder will receive such stockholder's pro rata share of the stock of
      each Spin-Off Company.
 
    - Following the Record Date, CD&R will make the Equity Investment in U.S.
      Office Products. CD&R will not acquire any interests in the Spin-Off
      Companies.
 
    Following completion of the Distributions, U.S. Office Products will retain
its North American Office Products Group (including its office supply, office
furniture, and office coffee and beverage services businesses), Mail Boxes,
Etc., its New Zealand and Australia operations and its 49% interest in Dudley
Stationery Limited (a U.K. contract stationer). U.S. Office Products' print
management, technology solutions, educational supplies and corporate travel
services businesses will be operated by the Spin-Off Companies.
 
    In conjunction with the Strategic Restructuring Plan, U.S. Office Products
is undertaking the following Financing Transactions:
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    - Pursuant to the 2003 Note Tender, U.S. Office Products is purchasing
      $222.2 million principal amount of its 2003 Notes for a purchase price of
      94.5% of the principal amount and accrued interest.
 
    - Pursuant to the 2001 Note Offer, U.S. Office Products exchanged
      approximately $131.0 million principal amount of its 2001 Notes for
      8,100,741 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock at an exchange rate
      of 61.483 shares per $1,000 principal amount, which effectively reduced
      the conversion price on the 2001 Notes from $19.00 to $16.71 while the
      offer was open.
 
    - U.S. Office Products is entering into a new $1.225 billion senior credit
      facility pursuant to an agreement dated the date of this Information
      Statement/Prospectus.
 
    - U.S. Office Products has entered into an agreement to issue and sell
      $400.0 million in Senior Subordinated Notes in a private placement.
 
REASONS FOR THE DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    The U.S. Office Products Board has approved the Strategic Restructuring
Plan, including the Distributions. The U.S. Office Products Board determined
that separation of the businesses of the Spin-Off Companies and the continuing
business of U.S. Office Products as part of the Strategic Restructuring Plan
would have advantages for the Spin-Off Companies and U.S. Office Products. The
Distributions will allow U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies to
adopt strategies and pursue objectives that are more appropriate to their
respective industries and geographic territories. After the Distributions, U.S.
Office Products will be focused on a more narrow group of businesses that
involve primarily the distribution of office products and business services.
Each of the Spin-Off Companies will be focused primarily on their individual
businesses.
 
    The Distributions will allow the Spin-Off Companies to pursue independent
acquisition programs with a more focused use of resources and, where stock is
used as consideration, provide stock of a public company that is in the same
industry as the businesses being acquired. Before the Distributions, U.S. Office
Products acquired companies in, for example, the graphic arts business using
U.S. Office Products Common Stock. Sellers were thus required to accept stock in
a business that included office products, corporate travel services, educational
supplies and technology solutions businesses. Following the Workflow
Distribution, the Company will be able to offer stock in its own business, which
will be substantially the same as the businesses Workflow Management expects to
acquire.
 
    The Distributions will enable the financial community to evaluate U.S.
Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies as distinct businesses and compare
them more easily to industry peers. U.S. Office Products believes that this will
allow the financial community to better understand the businesses carried on by
U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies and more accurately value those
businesses.
 
    The Distributions will also allow U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off
Companies to offer their respective employees more focused incentive
compensation packages. The incentive compensation packages (which are expected
to consist primarily of stock options) will offer the officers and other key
employees of each Spin-Off Company equity interests in a company whose
performance is tied directly to the business in which they operate. The
Company's ability to issue stock options (as well as other equity) will be
subject to certain limitations in order to avoid triggering certain adverse
income tax consequences. See "--U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Workflow Distribution."
 
    The Equity Investment is conditioned on completion of all of the
Distributions (as well as completion of the Tender Offer). The U.S. Office
Products Board of Directors recognized that U.S. Office Products was making a
transition from an acquisition-oriented company to a business more focused on
growth through improvement and expansion of existing operations. The U.S. Office
Products Board concluded that the investment by CD&R in U.S. Office Products,
and support of the management of U.S. Office Products by CD&R Inc., would
contribute to U.S. Office Products' development. CD&R Inc. has
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
substantial experience in providing companies in which its affiliates invest
with financial and managerial advisory services aimed at building value and
improving operational, marketing and financial performance. CD&R Inc. is also
experienced in advising and assisting companies in managing high levels of debt.
 
OTHER ELEMENTS OF THE STRATEGIC RESTRUCTURING PLAN
 
    TENDER OFFER.  Pursuant to the Tender Offer, U.S. Office Products is
repurchasing 37,037,037 shares (including shares that may be issued on exercise
of vested and unvested stock options) of U.S. Office Products Common Stock at a
price of $27.00 per share (or, in the case of stock options, at $27.00 minus the
exercise price of the options). The Tender Offer expired on June 1, 1998 and
approximately 160,000,000 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock and shares
of U.S. Office Products Common Stock underlying stock options were tendered in
accordance with the terms of the Tender Offer. The proration factor for the
Tender Offer was 23.237%.
 
    U.S. Office Products is financing the aggregate tender price through a
combination of a new senior credit facility for $1.225 billion (the "USOP Credit
Facility"), the net proceeds of the Equity Investment and issuance of $400.0
million of Senior Subordinated Notes in a private placement. U.S. Office
Products anticipates that the foregoing borrowings will increase its outstanding
debt by approximately $454.2 million. Approximately $377.4 million was
outstanding under U.S. Office Products existing bank credit facility as of May
23, 1998.
 
    The Record Date for the Distributions is occurring after acceptance of
shares in the Tender Offer. Accordingly, U.S. Office Products stockholders who
tender their shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock in the Tender Offer
will not receive shares of the Spin-Off Companies in the Distributions to the
extent their shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock have been accepted in
the Tender Offer. Because the Tender Offer was for only 37,037,037 shares of
U.S. Office Products Common Stock (including shares that may be issued on
exercise of vested and unvested options for U.S. Office Products Common Stock)
and approximately 160,000,000 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock and
shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock underlying stock options were
validly tendered in the Tender Offer, only approximately 23.2% of the shares of
U.S. Office Products Common Stock and shares of U.S. Office Products Common
Stock underlying stock options tendered by any U.S. Office Products stockholder
have been accepted. U.S. Office Products stockholders who tendered their shares
and do not otherwise dispose of shares that are not accepted before the
Distributions will receive shares of the Spin-Off Companies in the Distributions
with respect to approximately 76.8% of their shares of U.S. Office Products
Common Stock.
 
    EQUITY INVESTMENT.  Pursuant to the Investment Agreement dated as of January
12, 1998, as amended, between U.S. Office Products and CD&R (the "Investment
Agreement"), U.S. Office Products will issue and sell approximately 36,368,426
shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock and warrants to purchase additional
U.S. Office Products Common Stock to CD&R (as described below) for a purchase
price of $270.0 million. As a result of the Equity Investment, CD&R will
acquire: (a) shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock representing 24.9% of
the outstanding shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock after giving effect
to the issuance of such shares; (b) rights ("Special Warrants") to receive for
nominal consideration additional shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
equal to 24.9% (after giving effect to issuance of such additional shares upon
exercise of the Special Warrants) of the additional shares that are issuable
upon the conversion of certain outstanding convertible debentures of U.S. Office
Products and shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock that are actually
issued pursuant to certain contingent rights under existing acquisition
agreements; and (c) warrants ("Common Stock Warrants") representing the right to
purchase one share of U.S. Office Products Common Stock for each share of U.S.
Office Products Common Stock purchased by CD&R at the date of the closing under
the Investment Agreement (the "Closing Date") and for each share of U.S. Office
Products Common Stock into which the Special Warrants become exercisable. The
Special Warrants are exercisable from and after the Closing Date until
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
the 12th anniversary thereof, subject to certain limitations, and the Common
Stock Warrants are exercisable from and after the second anniversary of the
Closing Date until such 12th anniversary. The aggregate exercise price of the
Common Stock Warrants is $405.0 million.
 
    CD&R has contracted to purchase a 24.9% equity interest in U.S. Office
Products, including the shares issued to CD&R (the "Initial CD&R Acquisition").
CD&R's percentage ownership of U.S. Office Products will not increase or
decrease depending on the actual number of shares of U.S. Office Products Common
Stock outstanding on the closing date of the Initial CD&R Acquisition. The
Special Warrants will be issued to allow CD&R to maintain its 24.9% ownership
interest if (i) 2001 Notes that remained outstanding after the 2001 Note Offer
were converted into U.S. Office Products Common Stock at the conversion price in
effect after adjusting for the Tender Offer and the Distributions, or (ii)
additional shares are issued under certain contracts for acquisitions completed
by U.S. Office Products.
 
    Assuming (i) exercise of all options outstanding after the Tender Offer,
(ii) all 2003 Notes that remain outstanding following the closing of the 2003
Note Tender were converted in accordance with their existing terms, in each case
without any adjustment for the Strategic Restructuring Plan, (iii) exercise of
the Special Warrants in full, and (iv) exercise of the Common Stock Warrants in
full, CD&R could own approximately 37.0% of outstanding U.S. Office Products
Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis. U.S. Office Products expects to make
adjustments to the number and exercise price of outstanding options, and to the
conversion price of 2001 Notes and 2003 Notes remaining after the 2001 Note
Offer and the 2003 Note Tender, on account of the restructuring transactions,
and these adjustments will result in a greater number of shares of U.S. Office
Products Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of the options and
conversion of such notes. Although the amount of these adjustments will not be
known until after the completion of the Strategic Restructuring Plan, the effect
of these adjustments will be to reduce CD&R's fully-diluted ownership interest
in U.S. Office Products from the amounts set forth above. If no currently
exercisable outstanding options are exercised, exercise of the Special Warrants
and Common Stock Warrants could give CD&R approximately 39.9% of outstanding
U.S. Office Products Common Stock after implementation of the Strategic
Restructuring Plan.
 
    Because the Record Date for the Distributions is before the closing of the
Equity Investment, CD&R will not receive any shares of the Spin-Off Companies in
the Distributions.
 
    Prior to the closing of the Initial CD&R Acquisition, the Board of Directors
of U.S. Office Products will consist of nine persons, including the chief
executive officer, three designees of CD&R, three designees of the U.S. Office
Products Board and two persons who are satisfactory to both CD&R and the U.S.
Office Products Board. After the closing of the Initial CD&R Acquisition, the
existing members of the U.S. Office Products Board will have the right to
nominate six directors, which will include the chief executive officer. CD&R
will have the right to nominate three directors. So long as CD&R has the right
to nominate two or more directors, one of CD&R's nominees will serve as Chairman
of the Board. CD&R can nominate one additional person to the U.S. Office
Products Board, if the directors of U.S. Office Products do not nominate U.S.
Office Products' chief executive officer to the Board.
 
    In addition, three-fourths of the directors of U.S. Office Products must
approve the following transactions: (i) the sale by U.S. Office Products of
equity securities, other than (A) a specified amount made available under
employee benefit plans, such as option plans, or (B) a specified amount issued
to acquire companies or issued in public offerings; (ii) any merger, tender
offer involving U.S. Office Products' equity securities or the sale, lease or
disposition of all or substantially all of U.S. Office Products' assets or other
business combination involving U.S. Office Products, unless the consideration
for such sale is all cash or is freely tradeable common stock of a public
company with a specified level of market capitalization; (iii) any major
recapitalization; (iv) certain amendments to stockholder rights plans; (v) any
dissolution or partial liquidation of U.S. Office Products; or (vi) any
modification to U.S. Office Products' organizational documents or by-laws that
is inconsistent with CD&R's rights under the Investment Agreement or any other
agreements between U.S. Office Products and CD&R. The effect of this provision
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
is so long as CD&R can nominate three directors, at least one of them must vote
in favor of any of the above actions for it to be approved.
 
    The following table summarizes the right of CD&R to nominate directors of
U.S. Office Products and shows when the three-fourths super-majority voting
requirement will apply:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF SHARES OF U.S.                            NUMBER OF DIRECTORS         RIGHT TO        THREE-FOURTHS BOARD
OFFICE PRODUCTS COMMON                                  CD&R IS ENTITLED TO         DESIGNATE          APPROVAL FOR
STOCK RETAINED BY CD&R(1)(2)                       NOMINATE (OUT OF NINE)(3)(4)     CHAIRMAN      CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS(2)
- -------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------  -------------  -------------------------
<S>                                                <C>                            <C>            <C>
66 2/3% to 100%..................................                Three                    Yes                  Yes
33 1/3% to 66 2/3%...............................                  Two                    Yes                  Yes
Less than 33 1/3% (but CD&R holds at least 5% of
  the then outstanding voting stock of U.S.
  Office Products................................                  One                     No                   No
Less than 5% of the then outstanding U.S. Office
  Products voting stock..........................                 None                     No                   No
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------
 
(1) Includes shares CD&R can acquire by exercising the Special Warrants.
 
(2) All of CD&R's corporate governance rights will expire on the earlier of the
    fifth anniversary of the closing of the Initial CD&R Acquisition or if CD&R
    ever acquires more than 50% of the voting power represented by U.S. Office
    Products' then outstanding voting stock.
 
(3) CD&R can approve one additional nominee if the Chief Executive Officer of
    U.S. Office Products is not a member of the Board or is not a Board nominee.
 
(4) The size of the Board can be increased up to a total of 12 members, in which
    case the number of directors that CD&R has the right to nominate will
    increase proportionately.
 
    CD&R's obligation to consummate the Equity Investment is subject to the
satisfaction or waiver of various conditions. These include, among others: (i)
accuracy of U.S. Office Products' representations and warranties and compliance
by U.S. Office Products with its obligations under the Investment Agreement;
(ii) receipt of necessary antitrust and other regulatory clearance; (iii)
absence of material litigation; (iv) U.S. Office Products' stockholder approval
of the issuance of shares in the Equity Investment; (v) consummation of the
Distributions in accordance with the Distribution Agreement containing certain
terms specified in the Investment Agreement and otherwise as reasonably approved
by CD&R; (vi) execution and delivery of the Tax Allocation Agreement containing
certain terms specified in the Investment Agreement and otherwise as reasonably
approved by CD&R; (vii) execution of documents relating to financing for the
Tender Offer satisfactory in form and substance to CD&R; (viii) completion of
the Tender Offer; (ix) execution of a consulting agreement with CD&R, Inc.
providing for payment of an annual consulting fee of $500,000 and a registration
rights agreement with CD&R; (x) absence of any development since October 25,
1997 that would have a material adverse effect on U.S. Office Products after
giving effect to the Distributions; (xi) no person or group (other than CD&R or
its affiliates) having entered into an agreement with U.S. Office Products with
respect to a tender or exchange offer for any shares of U.S. Office Products
Common Stock, or a merger, consolidation, or other business combination with or
involving the Company; and (xii) U.S. Office Products' debt immediately
following completion of the transactions contemplated by the Strategic
Restructuring Plan shall not exceed $1.4 billion (assuming conversion of certain
convertible debt) and the outstanding debt of the Spin-Off Companies shall be at
least $130.0 million plus expenditures by such entities for acquisitions after
the date of the Investment Agreement. See "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office
Products--Distribution Agreement" and "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office
Products--Tax Allocation Agreement and Tax Indemnification Agreement." If U.S.
Office Products does not proceed with the Distributions, or if the Equity
Investment does not occur for certain other reasons, CD&R can terminate the
Investment Agreement and CD&R would receive a termination fee of $25.0 million
plus CD&R's reasonable fees and expenses. If the Equity Investment is completed,
CD&R, Inc. will receive a transaction fee of $15.0 million and reimbursement for
expenses it incurs in connection with the transaction. For additional
information concerning the Equity Investment,
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
investors should refer to U.S. Office Products' Proxy Statement for its special
meeting of stockholders held to consider the issuance of shares in the Equity
Investment. See "Additional Information."
 
   
    RELATED TRANSACTIONS.  Jonathan J. Ledecky, the founder, Chairman of the
Board and former Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Office Products, will resign as
Chairman of the U.S. Office Products Board upon completion of the Distributions.
In connection with the adoption of the Strategic Restructuring Plan, the U.S.
Office Products Board of Directors and Mr. Ledecky concluded that it was
important to the achievement of the objectives of the Strategic Restructuring
Plan that the Spin-Off Companies obtain the benefit of Mr. Ledecky's skills and
experience. Accordingly, U.S. Office Products entered into the Ledecky Services
Agreement. The Company is entering into an employment agreement with Mr. Ledecky
which will implement assigned portions of the Ledecky Services Agreement. The
Ledecky Services Agreement provides for non-competition and non-solicitation
restrictions that will continue until the end of a specified restricted period,
which for Workflow Management, means the later of June 10, 2000 or the date one
year after Mr. Ledecky leaves Workflow Management's employ. U.S. Office Products
is permitted to (and will) assign to Workflow Management the ability to enforce
the non-competition provisions described above as to its own business, which
will then constitute part of Mr. Ledecky's employment agreement with the
Company. As of June 10, 1998, Mr. Ledecky is receiving options to purchase 7.5%
of the outstanding shares of common stock of each Spin-Off Company as of the
Distribution Date. For additional information on the terms of the Ledecky
Services Agreement and the options to be granted by the Company to Mr. Ledecky,
see "Management of Workflow Management--Ledecky Services Agreement" and
"Management of Workflow Management--1998 Stock Incentive Plan."
    
 
   
    On March 6, 1998, Workflow Management filed a Registration Statement with
the Commission for the issuance of up to 2,500,000 shares of Company Common
Stock in connection with an initial public offering. The Company has elected not
to proceed with the sale of shares in the public offering.
    
 
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE WORKFLOW DISTRIBUTION
 
    Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering has delivered the Tax Opinion on the material
U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Workflow Distribution to U.S. Office
Products and the holders of U.S. Office Products Common Stock on the Record
Date. The Tax Opinion is based on the Code, and regulations, rulings, and
judicial decisions as of the date thereof, all of which may be repealed,
revoked, or modified so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences
different from those described below. Such changes could be applied
retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a holder of U.S. Office
Products Common Stock. In addition, the authorities on which the Tax Opinion is
based are subject to various interpretations. It is therefore possible that the
U.S. federal income tax treatment of the Workflow Distribution and of the
holding and disposition of the Company Common Stock may differ from the
treatment described below.
 
    The Tax Opinion applies only to holders of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
who are U.S. persons and who hold U.S. Office Products Common Stock as a capital
asset (generally, property held for investment) within the meaning of Section
1221 of the Code. A U.S. person is the beneficial owner of U.S. Office Products
Common Stock that is (i) for U.S. federal income tax purposes a citizen or
resident of the United States (including certain former citizens and former
long-term residents), (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political
subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S.
federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust with respect to
the administration of which a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control
all substantial decisions of the trust. The Tax Opinion does not address tax
considerations applicable to a holder of U.S. Office Products Common Stock's
particular circumstances or to a holder that may be subject to special tax rules
(such as holders subject to the alternative minimum tax) or other special
situations, such as those of dealers in securities or currencies, financial
institutions, insurance companies,
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
persons holding U.S. Office Products Common Stock as part of a hedging or
conversion transaction or a straddle, persons whose "functional currency" is not
the U.S. dollar, and certain U.S. expatriates.
 
    The Tax Opinion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation
that may be relevant to holders of U.S. Office Products Common Stock in light of
their particular circumstances, nor will it address any tax consequences arising
under the laws of any state, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction. Holders of
U.S. Office Products Common Stock should consult their tax advisors about the
particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of the Workflow
Distribution, or the holding and disposition of the Company Common Stock, as
well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, or
foreign taxing jurisdiction.
 
    EFFECT ON U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS AND HOLDERS OF U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS COMMON
STOCK.  Subject to the foregoing, the Tax Opinion states Wilmer, Cutler &
Pickering's opinion that for U.S. federal income tax purposes the Distributions
(including the Workflow Distribution) will qualify as tax-free spin-offs under
Section 355 of the Code, and will not be subject to Section 355(e) of the Code.
The Tax Opinion is based on the accuracy as of the time of the Distributions of
factual representations made by U.S. Office Products, the Spin-Off Companies and
CD&R and certain other information, data, documentation and other materials that
Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering has deemed necessary.
 
    The Tax Opinion represents Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering's best judgment of how
a court would rule. However, the Tax Opinion is not binding upon either the IRS
or any court. A ruling has not been, and will not be, sought from the IRS with
respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Workflow
Distribution.
 
    Assuming the Workflow Distribution qualifies as a tax-free spin-off under
Section 355 and is not taxable under Section 355(e)
 
         1. No gain or loss will be recognized by holders of U.S. Office
    Products Common Stock as a result of their receipt of Company Common Stock
    in the Workflow Distribution. Holders of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
    will recognize gain or loss on the receipt of cash in lieu of fractional
    shares (as discussed below).
 
         2. No gain or loss will be recognized by U.S. Office Products as a
    result of the Workflow Distribution.
 
         3. A stockholder's tax basis in such stockholder's U.S. Office Products
    Common Stock immediately before the Workflow Distribution will be allocated
    among the U.S. Office Products Common Stock and the Spin-Off Companies'
    common stock (including any fractional shares) received with respect to such
    U.S. Office Products Common Stock in proportion to their relative fair
    market values on the Distribution Date. Such allocation must be calculated
    separately for each block of U.S. Office Products Common Stock (shares
    purchased at the same time and at the same cost) with respect to which the
    Spin-Off Companies' common stock is received.
 
         4. The holding period of the Company Common Stock (including any
    fractional shares) received in the Workflow Distribution will include the
    holding period of the U.S. Office Products Common Stock with respect to
    which it was distributed.
 
    Treasury regulations governing Section 355 require that each holder of U.S.
Office Products Common Stock who receives shares of Company Common Stock
pursuant to the Workflow Distribution attach a statement to the U.S. federal
income tax return that will be filed by such stockholder for the taxable year in
which the stockholder receives Company Common Stock in the Workflow
Distribution. The regulations require that the statement show the applicability
of Section 355 to the Workflow Distribution. U.S. Office Products will provide
each U.S. Office Products stockholder of record on the Record Date with
information necessary to comply with this requirement.
 
    CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO QUALIFY AS A TAX-FREE DISTRIBUTION.  As noted
above, the Tax Opinion is not binding on the IRS or the courts. Holders of U.S.
Office Products Common Stock should be aware that the
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
requirements of Section 355 pertaining to business purpose, active trade or
business, and absence of a device for distribution of earnings and profits, as
well as the requirements of Section 355(e) pertaining to a plan or series of
related transactions to acquire 50% or more by vote or value of a company, are
highly dependent on factual interpretations, are to a significant extent
subjective in nature, and have a relative absence of authority addressing their
application to the particular facts presented by the Workflow Distribution.
Accordingly, the IRS and/or a court could reach a conclusion that differs from
the conclusions in the Tax Opinion.
 
    BUSINESS PURPOSE.  In order for the Workflow Distribution to qualify as a
tax-free spin-off under Section 355, it must be motivated, in whole or
substantial part, by one or more corporate business purposes. U.S. Office
Products has represented that the Workflow Distribution was motivated, in whole
or substantial part, to allow U.S. Office Products and Workflow Management to
adopt strategies and pursue objectives that are more appropriate to their
respective industries and stages of growth; to allow Workflow Management to
pursue an independent acquisition program with a more focused use of resources
and, where stock is used as consideration, to allow Workflow Management to
provide stock of a public company that is in the same industry as the business
being acquired; to allow U.S. Office Products and Workflow Management to offer
their respective employees more focused compensation packages; and to make
possible the Equity Investment, which the Board of Directors of U.S. Office
Products concluded would contribute to U.S. Office Products' development, based
on the skills and experience of CD&R, Inc. Based on these representations and
certain other information, data, documentation and other materials, Wilmer,
Cutler & Pickering has delivered an opinion that the Workflow Distribution
satisfies the business purpose requirement of Section 355. However, although
similar rationales have been accepted by the IRS in other circumstances as
sufficient to meet the business purpose requirement of Section 355, there can be
no assurances that the IRS will not assert that the business purpose requirement
is not satisfied.
 
    ACTIVE TRADE OR BUSINESS.  In order for the Workflow Distribution to qualify
as a tax-free spin-off under Section 355, both Workflow Management and U.S.
Office Products must be engaged in an active trade or business that has been
actively conducted for the five-year period preceding the Workflow Distribution,
taking into account only businesses that have been acquired in transactions in
which no gain or loss was recognized. Whether current and historical business
activity constitutes an active trade or business, and whether any gain or loss
should have been recognized in an acquisition structured and reported as a
nontaxable transaction, turn in some instances on the application of subjective
legal standards and on factual determinations, such as intentions of the parties
involved. Based on the representations of U.S. Office Products and Workflow
Management, Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering has delivered an opinion that the
Workflow Distribution satisfies the active trade or business requirement.
However, because of the inherently subjective nature of important elements of
the active trade or business requirement, and because the IRS may challenge the
representations upon which Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering relies, there can be no
assurance that the IRS will not assert that the active trade or business
requirement is not satisfied.
 
    ABSENCE OF A DEVICE FOR DISTRIBUTION OF EARNINGS AND PROFITS.  The Workflow
Distribution will not qualify as a tax-free spin-off under Section 355 if the
Workflow Distribution was used principally as a device for the distribution of
the earnings and profits of U.S. Office Products or Workflow Management.
Treasury regulations provide that this test is applied based on all the facts
and circumstances, including the presence or absence of factors described in the
Regulations as "device factors" and "nondevice factors." Application of this
test is uncertain in part because of its subjective nature. Based on the
representations of U.S. Office Products and Workflow Management, Wilmer, Cutler
& Pickering has delivered an opinion that the Workflow Distribution is not a
transaction used principally as a device for the distribution of earnings and
profits of either U.S. Office Products or Workflow Management. However, because
of the inherently subjective nature of the device test (including the
subjectivity involved in assigning weight to various factors), and because the
IRS may challenge the representations upon which Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering
relies, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not assert that the Workflow
Distribution is a
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
transaction used principally as a device for the distribution of earnings and
profits of U.S. Office Products or Workflow Management.
 
    If the Workflow Distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free spin-off under
Section 355:
 
         1. U.S. Office Products will recognize gain, equal to the difference
    between the fair market value of the Company Common Stock on the
    Distribution Date and U.S. Office Products adjusted tax basis in the Company
    Common Stock on the Distribution Date. If U.S. Office Products were to
    recognize gain on the Workflow Distribution, such gain would likely be
    substantial.
 
         2. Each holder of U.S. Office Products Common Stock will be treated as
    having received a taxable corporate distribution in an amount equal to the
    fair market value (on the Distribution Date) of the Company Common Stock
    distributed to such stockholder, including fractional shares. The
    distribution would generally be treated as ordinary dividend income to a
    U.S. Office Products stockholder to the extent of such U.S. Office Products
    stockholder's pro rata share of U.S. Office Products' accumulated and
    current earnings and profits. To the extent the amount of the distribution
    exceeds such U.S. Office Products stockholder's pro rata share of U.S.
    Office Products' accumulated and current earnings and profits, such excess
    would be treated first as a basis-reducing, tax-free return of capital to
    the extent of the stockholder's tax basis in his or her U.S. Office Products
    Common Stock and then as capital gain. For corporate stockholders, the
    portion of the taxable distribution that constitutes a dividend would be
    eligible for the dividends-received deduction (subject to certain
    limitations in the Code) and could be subject to the Code's extraordinary
    dividend provisions which, if applicable, would require a reduction in a
    corporate stockholder's basis in its U.S. Office Products Common Stock to
    the extent of such deduction and the recognition of gain to the extent the
    deduction exceeds the corporate stockholder's tax basis in the U.S. Office
    Products Common Stock.
 
         3. Each U.S. Office Products stockholder's tax basis in the Company
    Common Stock would equal the fair market value on the Distribution Date of
    the Company Common Stock (including fractional shares) distributed to such
    stockholder.
 
         4. The holding period of the Company Common Stock (including fractional
    shares) received in the Workflow Distribution would begin with, and include,
    the day after the Distribution Date.
 
    Whether or not the Workflow Distribution is taxable, cash received by a
holder of U.S. Office Products Common Stock in lieu of a fractional share of
Company Common Stock will be treated as received in exchange for such fractional
share and the stockholder will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income
tax purposes measured by the difference between the amount of cash received and
the stockholder's tax basis in the fractional share. Such gain or loss will be
capital gain or loss to the stockholder.
 
    EFFECT OF POST-DISTRIBUTION TRANSACTIONS.  Section 355(e), which was added
in 1997, generally provides that a company that distributes shares of a
subsidiary in a spin-off that is otherwise tax-free will incur U.S. federal
income tax liability if 50% or more, by vote or value, of the capital stock of
either the company making the distribution or the subsidiary is acquired by one
or more persons acting pursuant to a plan or series or related transactions that
includes the spin-off. Stock acquired by certain related persons is aggregated
in determining whether this 50% test is met. There is a presumption that any
acquisition of 50% or more, by vote or value, of the capital stock of the
company or the subsidiary occurring two years before or after the spin-off is
pursuant to a plan that includes the spin-off. However, the presumption may be
rebutted by establishing that the spin-off and the acquisition are not part of a
plan or series of related transactions. Based on the representations of U.S.
Office Products, Workflow Management and CD&R, and the assumption that the
Workflow Distribution is not part of a plan that is outside the knowledge of
U.S. Office Products and Workflow Management pursuant to which one or more
persons will acquire directly or indirectly 50% or more by vote or value of the
capital stock of U.S. Office Products or Workflow Management, Wilmer, Cutler &
Pickering has delivered an opinion that the Workflow Distribution will not
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
be taxable under Section 355(e). However, there can be no assurance that the IRS
will not assert that the Workflow Distribution is taxable under Section 355(e).
 
    If the Workflow Distribution is taxable under Section 355(e), U.S. Office
Products will recognize gain equal to the difference between the fair market
value of the Company Common Stock on the Distribution Date and U.S. Office
Products' adjusted tax basis in the Company Common Stock on the Distribution
Date. If U.S. Office Products were to recognize gain on the Workflow
Distribution, such gain would likely be substantial. However, no gain or loss
will be recognized by holders of Company Common Stock (except with respect to
cash received in lieu of fractional shares).
 
    LIABILITY FOR DISTRIBUTION TAXES.  Under the Tax Allocation Agreement,
Workflow Management and the other Spin-Off Companies will jointly and severally
indemnify U.S. Office Products for any Distribution Taxes assessed against U.S.
Office Products if an Adverse Tax Act of any of the Spin-Off Companies
materially contributes to a final determination that any or all of the
Distributions are taxable. Workflow Management is also entering into the Tax
Indemnification Agreement with the other Spin-Off Companies under which the
Spin-Off Company that is responsible for the Adverse Tax Act indemnify the other
Spin-off Companies for any liability to U.S. Office Products under the Tax
Allocation Agreement. As a consequence, Workflow Management will be liable for
any Distribution Taxes resulting from any Adverse Tax Act by Workflow Management
and liable (subject to indemnification by the other Spin-Off Companies) for any
Distribution Taxes resulting from an Adverse Tax Act by the other Spin-Off
Companies. Additionally, U.S. Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies will be
liable for its pro rata portion of such Distribution Taxes based on the value of
each company's common stock after the Distributions , if it is determined that
there has not been an Adverse Tax Act by either U.S. Office Products or any of
the Spin-Off Companies. As a result, Workflow Management could become liable for
a pro rata portion of any Distribution Taxes with respect not only to the
Workflow Distribution, but also to any of the other Distributions. See "The
Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products--Tax Allocation Agreement and Tax
Indemnification Agreement" for a detailed discussion of the Tax Allocation
Agreement.
 
    WILMER, CUTLER & PICKERING'S OPINION OF THE MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS COMMON STOCK DOES NOT PURPORT TO
COVER ALL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MIGHT APPLY TO EVERY HOLDER
OF U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS COMMON STOCK. ALL HOLDERS OF U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS COMMON
STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S.
FEDERAL, FOREIGN, STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE WORKFLOW DISTRIBUTION
TO THEM.
 
REPLACEMENT OF OUTSTANDING U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS OPTIONS
 
   
    Substantially all vested and unvested options ("U.S. Office Products
Options") to acquire shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock that are held
by Workflow Management employees on the Distribution Date are being replaced
with options ("Workflow Options") to acquire shares of Company Common Stock. As
of the Distribution Date, approximately 835,862 U.S. Office Products Options
will be held by employees of Workflow Management (assuming all option holders
tendered all the shares underlying their options in the Tender Offer). The
number of Workflow Options that will be outstanding after the Distributions will
depend on the trading prices of U.S. Office Products Common Stock around the
time of the Distributions and the closing price of the Company Common Stock on
June 10, 1998 as reported on Nasdaq. The following formulae will be used to
adjust the number and exercise price of U.S. Office Products Options. Such
formulae will adjust solely for the Distributions and not for other events, such
as the Tender Offer. The exercise price of U.S. Office Products Options will be
adjusted by applying the following formula:
    
 
   
Exercise Price (New) = Exercise Price (Old) X Closing Price of Company Common
                                              Stock on June 10,
                                              1998__________________
    
                                              Trading Price of U.S. Office
                                              Products Common Stock Pre-Workflow
                                              Distribution
 
The number of U.S. Office Products Options will be adjusted by applying the
following formula:
 
Option Shares (New)=Option Shares (Old) X Trading Price of U.S. Office Products
                                          Common Stock Pre-Workflow Distribution
   
                                          Closing Price of Company Common Stock
                                          on June 10, 1998
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
For all optionees, the "Trading Price of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
Pre-Workflow Distribution" will be the average closing price of U.S. Office
Products Common Stock for the lesser of (a) ten business days preceding the
Distributions, or (b) the number of business days falling between the expiration
of the Tender Offer and the completion of the Distributions. The foregoing
formula adjustments are intended to preserve for the holders of U.S. Office
Products Options the intrinsic value per option, measured as the difference
between the market value of one share of U.S. Office Products Common Stock at
the time of the Workflow Distribution and the exercise price of such option. The
intrinsic value of the adjusted Workflow Options will be no greater than the
intrinsic value of the U.S. Office Products Options immediately before the
Distributions, and the ratio of exercise price to market price will be not less
than the ratio immediately before the Distributions.
    
 
    It is anticipated that all other terms of the Workflow Options will be the
same as the terms of the U.S. Office Products Options they replace. The options
held by the Workflow Management employees after the Workflow Distribution will
represent a greater percentage interest in Workflow Management than the
percentage interest in U.S. Office Products that such options represented before
the Workflow Distribution.
 
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
 
    Shares of the Company Common Stock distributed to the U.S. Office Products
stockholders pursuant to the Workflow Distribution will be freely transferable
under the Securities Act, except for shares received by any persons who may be
deemed to be "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144
promulgated under the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates
of Workflow Management after the Workflow Distribution generally include
individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with, Workflow Management and may include certain officers and directors
of the Company as well as principal stockholders of Workflow Management. Persons
who are affiliates of Workflow Management will be permitted to sell their shares
of the Company Common Stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of
the Securities Act, such as the exemptions provided for private transactions or
Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
EXPENSES OF THE DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    U.S. Office Products estimates that legal, financial advisory, investment
banking, financing, accounting, printing, mailing and other expenses (including
the fees of U.S. Office Products' and Spin-Off Companies' transfer agents) of
the Strategic Restructuring Plan (including CD&R's fees and expenses), including
the Distributions, will total approximately $75.0 million. Upon request, U.S.
Office Products will pay the reasonable expenses of brokerage firms, custodians,
nominees and fiduciaries who are record holders of U.S. Office Products Common
Stock for forwarding this Information Statement/Prospectus to the beneficial
owners of such shares. The foregoing expenses will be allocated among U.S.
Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies pursuant to a formula to be
determined. See "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products--Distribution
Agreement."
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                    THE SPIN-OFFS FROM U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS
 
    Following the Workflow Distribution, U.S. Office Products and Workflow
Management will operate independently, and (except for interests U.S. Office
Products may retain pursuant to certain pledge agreements) neither will have any
stock ownership, beneficial or otherwise, in the other. For the purposes of
governing certain of the ongoing relationships among U.S. Office Products,
Workflow Management and the other Spin-Off Companies after the Distributions,
and to provide mechanisms for an orderly transition, U.S. Office Products,
Workflow Management and the other Spin-Off Companies are entering into the
Distribution Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement, and the Employee Benefits
Agreement, and the Spin-Off Companies will enter into the Tax Indemnification
Agreement. The terms of the Distribution Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement,
Tax Indemnification Agreement and Employee Benefits Agreement have been
determined while Workflow Management is a wholly-owned subsidiary of U.S. Office
Products. In addition, the Investment Agreement specifies certain terms of these
agreements and provides that they are subject to CD&R's reasonable approval.
Therefore, they will not be the result of arm's-length negotiations between
independent parties.
 
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
 
    TRANSFER OF SUBSIDIARIES AND ASSETS.  The Distribution Agreement provides
for the transfer from U.S. Office Products to Workflow Management of
substantially all of the equity interests in the U.S. Office Products
subsidiaries that are engaged in the business of Workflow Management. It also
provides that the recovery on any claims that U.S. Office Products may have
against the persons who sold businesses to U.S. Office Products that will become
part of Workflow Management in connection with the Workflow Distribution
pursuant to the relevant acquisition agreements (the "Workflow Acquisition
Indemnity Claims") will be shared between U.S. Office Products and Workflow
Management under a formula to be determined. In addition, to the extent that the
Workflow Acquisition Indemnity Claims are currently secured by the pledge of
stock of U.S. Office Products that is owned by persons who sold businesses to
U.S. Office Products that will become part of Workflow Management (and no
previous claims have been made against such shares), the pledged shares will be
used, subject to final resolution of the claim, to reimburse U.S. Office
Products and Workflow Management for their respective damages, expenses and
agreed upon allocation of recovery rights, which will be determined prior to the
Workflow Distribution.
 
    DEBT.  The Distribution Agreement allocates a specified amount of U.S.
Office Products' debt outstanding under its credit facilities to each Spin-Off
Company and requires each Spin-Off Company, on or prior to its respective
Distribution, to obtain credit facilities, to borrow funds under such facilities
and to use the proceeds of such borrowings to pay off U.S. Office Products' debt
so allocated plus any additional debt incurrred by U.S. Office Products after
January 12, 1998 (the date of the Investment Agreement) in connection with the
acquisition of an entity that has become or will become a subsidiary of such
Spin-Off Company. Under the Distribution Agreement, $30.0 million of U.S. Office
Products' debt has been allocated to Workflow Management, and, since January 12,
1998, U.S. Office Products has incurred an additional $15.6 million of debt in
connection with acquired companies that will become subsidiaries of Workflow
Management. Prior to the Workflow Distribution, Workflow Management is entering
into the credit facility described under "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Workflow
Management--Liquidity and Capital Resources," and the Company is borrowing up to
$45.6 million under the facility to pay off the debt allocated to Workflow
Management by U.S. Office Products.
 
   
    LIABILITIES.  Under the Distribution Agreement, Workflow Management will be
responsible for (i) any liabilities arising out of or in connection with the
businesses conducted by Workflow Management and/or its subsidiaries, (ii) its
liabilities under the Distribution Agreement, Tax Allocation Agreement, Employee
Benefits Agreement and related agreements, (iii) the U.S. Office Products' debt
that has been allocated to the Company as described above, (iv) liabilities
under the securities laws relating to certain sections of this Information
Statement/Prospectus as well as other securities law liabilities related to the
Workflow
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
Management business that arise from information supplied to U.S. Office Products
(or that should have been supplied but was not) by Workflow Management, (v) U.S.
Office Products' liabilities for earn-outs from acquisitions in respect of
Workflow Management or its subsidiaries, (vi) the Company's costs and expenses
related to a planned public offering that did not occur and its bank credit
facility, and (vii) $1.0 million of the transaction costs (including legal,
accounting, investment banking and financial advisory) and other fees incurred
by U.S. Office Products in connection with the Strategic Restructuring Plan.
Each of the Spin-Off Companies will be similarly obligated to U.S. Office
Products. Workflow Management and the other Spin-Off Companies have also agreed
to bear a pro rata share of (i) liabilities of U.S. Office Products under the
securities laws (other than claims relating solely to a specific Spin-Off
Company or relating specifically to the continuing businesses of U.S. Office
Products) and (ii) U.S. Office Products' general corporate liabilities (other
than debt, except for that specifically allocated to the Spin-Off Companies)
incurred prior to the Distributions (I.E., liabilities not related to the
conduct of a particular distributed or retained subsidiary's business). If one
of the Spin-Off Companies defaults on an obligation owed to U.S. Office
Products, the non-defaulting Spin-Off Companies will be obligated on a pro rata
basis to pay such obligation.
    
 
    The Spin-Off Companies' pro rata share of Shared Liabilities will be, based
upon the fiscal year ended April 25, 1998, the average of (a) their revenues
relative to those of U.S. Office Products and (b) their operating income
relative to that of U.S. Office Products. The residual will be U.S. Office
Products' pro rata share. Based upon financial data for the nine-month period
ended January 24, 1998, the Company's pro rata share of Shared Liabilities would
have been 9.2%, the other Spin-Off Companies' pro rata share would have
aggregated 25.0% and U.S. Office Products' pro rata share would have been 65.6%.
As to any Default Liability, each non-defaulting company's pro rata share will
be increased to include a portion of the defaulting company's pro rata share.
The aggregate of the Shared Liabilities and Default Liability for which any
Spin-Off Company may be liable is, however, limited to $1.75 million.
 
    The Distribution Agreement provides that each party will indemnify and hold
all of the other parties harmless from any and all liabilities for which the
former assumed liability under the Distribution Agreement. All indemnity
payments will be subject to adjustment upward or downward to take account of tax
costs or tax benefits as well as insurance proceeds. If there are any claims
made under U.S. Office Products' existing insurance policies, the amount of any
deductible or retention will be allocated by U.S. Office Products among the
claimants in a fair and reasonable manner.
 
    OTHER PROVISIONS.  The Distribution Agreement will have other customary
provisions including provisions relating to mutual release, access to
information, witness services, confidentiality and alternative dispute
resolution.
 
TAX ALLOCATION AGREEMENT AND TAX INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
    The Tax Allocation Agreement provides that each Spin-Off Company will be
responsible for its respective share of U.S. Office Products' consolidated tax
liability for the years that each such corporation was included in U.S. Office
Products' consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. The Tax Allocation
Agreement also provides for sharing, where appropriate, of state, local and
foreign taxes attributable to periods prior to the Distributions.
 
    The Tax Allocation Agreement further provides that the Spin-Off Companies
will jointly and severally indemnify U.S. Office Products for any Distribution
Taxes assessed against U.S. Office Products if an Adverse Tax Act of any of the
Spin-Off Companies materially contributes to a final determination that any or
all of the Distributions are taxable. Workflow Management is also entering into
the Tax Indemnification Agreement with the other Spin-Off Companies under which
the Spin-Off Company that is responsible for the Adverse Tax Act will indemnify
the other Spin-Off Companies for any liability to U.S. Office Products under the
Tax Allocation Agreement. As a consequence, Workflow Management will be liable
for any Distribution Taxes resulting from any Adverse Tax Act by Workflow
Management and liable (subject to
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
indemnification by the other Spin-Off Companies) for any Distribution Taxes
resulting from an Adverse Tax Act by the other Spin-Off Companies. If there is a
final determination that any or all of the Distributions are taxable and it is
determined that there has not been an Adverse Tax Act by either U.S. Office
Products or any of the Spin-Off Companies, each of U.S. Office Products and the
Spin-Off Companies will be liable for its pro rata portion of such Distribution
Taxes based on the value of each company's common stock after the Distributions.
As a result, Workflow Management could become liable for a pro rata portion of
any Distribution Taxes with respect to not only the Workflow Distribution but
also any other Distribution. The liabilities of Workflow Management under the
Tax Allocation Agreement and the Tax Indemnification Agreement are not subject
to any limits.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT
 
    In connection with the Distributions, U.S. Office Products is entering into
the Employee Benefits Agreement with Workflow Management and the other Spin-Off
Companies to provide for an orderly transition of benefits coverage between U.S.
Office Products and the Spin-Off Companies. Pursuant to this agreement, the
respective Spin-Off Companies will retain or assume liability for
employment-related claims and severance for persons currently or previously
employed by the respective Spin-Off Companies and their subsidiaries, while U.S.
Office Products and its post-Distributions subsidiaries will retain or assume
responsibility for their current and previous employees.
 
    The Employee Benefits Agreement reflects U.S. Office Products' expectation
that each of the Spin-Off Companies will establish 401(k) plans for their
respective employees effective as of, or shortly after, the Distribution Date
and that U.S. Office Products will transfer 401(k) accounts to those plans as
soon as practicable. The Employee Benefits Agreement also provides for spinning
off portions of U.S. Office Products' cafeteria plan that relate to employees of
the Spin-Off Companies (and their subsidiaries) and having those spun-off plans
assume responsibilities for claims submitted on or after the Distribution Date.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    Workflow Management does not anticipate declaring and paying cash dividends
on the Company Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The decision whether to
apply any legally available funds to the payment of dividends on the Company
Common Stock will be made by the Company Board from time to time in the exercise
of its business judgment, taking into account the Company's financial condition,
results of operations, existing and proposed commitments for use of the
Company's funds and other relevant factors. The Company's ability to pay
dividends may be restricted from time to time by financial covenants in its
credit agreements.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of Workflow Management at
January 24, 1998 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect
the Workflow Distribution, the allocation of $30.0 million of debt plus $15.6
million of additional debt of the Company and the acquisition of Astrid. This
table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Position and Results of Operations of Workflow Management," the
historical consolidated financial statements and the pro forma combined
financial statements of the Company, and the related notes to each thereof,
included elsewhere in this Information Statement/Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JANUARY 24, 1998
                                                                                             ----------------------
                                                                                              ACTUAL     PRO FORMA
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
                                                                                                 (In thousands)
 
Short-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products............................................  $  17,658   $
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
Long-term debt, less current portion.......................................................  $   5,498   $  40,638
Long-term debt payable to
 U.S. Office Products......................................................................      1,905
Stockholder's equity:
  Divisional equity........................................................................     47,726
  Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares outstanding....
  Common Stock, $0.001 par value, 150,000,000 shares authorized, no shares actual;
    14,625,268 shares pro forma(1).........................................................                     15
  Additional paid-in capital...............................................................                 47,711
  Cumulative translation adjustment........................................................     (1,365)     (1,365)
  Retained earnings........................................................................      9,618       9,618
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity.............................................................     55,979      55,979
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
      Total capitalization.................................................................  $  63,382   $  96,617
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
 
   
(1) Excludes options to acquire shares of Company Common Stock to be reserved
    for issuance upon exercise of options. See "Management of Workflow
    Management--Replacement of Outstanding U.S. Office Products Options" and
    "Management of Workflow Management--1998 Stock Incentive Plan."
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The historical Statement of Income Data for the years ended December 31,
1994 and 1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996 and the fiscal year ended
April 26, 1997 and the Balance Sheet Data at April 30, 1996 and 1997 have been
derived from Workflow Management's consolidated financial statements that have
been audited and are included elsewhere in this Information
Statement/Prospectus. The historical Statement of Income Data for the years
ended December 31, 1992 and 1993 and the Balance Sheet Data at December 31,
1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995 have been derived from unaudited consolidated
financial statements which are not included elsewhere in this Information
Statement/Prospectus. The Selected Financial Data for the nine months ended
January 25, 1997 and January 24, 1998 (except pro forma amounts) have been
derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere
in this Information Statement/Prospectus. These unaudited consolidated financial
statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated
financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented.
 
    The pro forma financial data give effect, as applicable, to the Workflow
Distribution and the acquisitions completed by Workflow Management between May
1, 1996 and May 1, 1998 as if all such transactions had been consummated on May
1, 1996. In addition, the pro forma information is based on available
information and certain assumptions and adjustments.
 
    The Selected Financial Data provided herein should be read in conjunction
with the historical financial statements, including the notes thereto, the pro
forma financial information, including the notes thereto, and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of
Workflow Management" that appear elsewhere in this Information
Statement/Prospectus.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA(1)
                     (In thousands, except per share data)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       FISCAL
                                                                                                                        YEAR
                                                                                                                        ENDED
                                                                                                                      APRIL 26,
                                                                                                        FOUR MONTHS   ---------
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                ENDED
                                                           ------------------------------------------    APRIL 30,
                                                             1992       1993       1994      1995(2)       1996         1997
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues.................................................  $  80,731  $ 121,463  $ 154,193  $ 309,426    $ 114,099    $ 327,381
Cost of revenues.........................................     57,054     88,255    114,885    234,959       82,998      236,340
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
Gross profit.............................................     23,677     33,208     39,308     74,467       31,101       91,041
Selling, general and administrative expenses.............     20,800     27,683     32,020     62,012       22,485       70,949
Non-recurring acquisition costs..........................                                                                 5,006
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
Operating income.........................................      2,877      5,525      7,288     12,455        8,616       15,086
Interest expense.........................................        904      1,328      2,048      5,370        1,676        4,561
Interest income..........................................        (81)      (116)                               (18)         (25)
Other (income) expense...................................        366        511        186         62         (151)         632
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
  and extraordinary items................................      1,688      3,802      5,054      7,023        7,109        9,918
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(4).............        153        260        379        (33)       1,351        3,690
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
Income before extraordinary items........................      1,535      3,542      4,675      7,056        5,758        6,228
Extraordinary items(5)...................................                                         700                       798
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
Net income...............................................  $   1,535  $   3,542  $   4,675  $   6,356    $   5,758    $   5,430
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
Per share amounts:
  Basic:
    Income from before extraordinary items...............  $    0.26  $    0.60  $    0.77  $    0.90    $    0.56    $    0.52
    Extraordinary items..................................                                        0.09                      0.07
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
    Net income...........................................  $    0.26  $    0.60  $    0.77  $    0.81    $    0.56    $    0.45
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
  Diluted:
    Income from before extraordinary items...............  $    0.26  $    0.60  $    0.77  $    0.88    $    0.55    $    0.51
    Extraordinary items..................................                                        0.09                      0.07
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
    Net income...........................................  $    0.26  $    0.60  $    0.77  $    0.79    $    0.55    $    0.44
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  ---------
Weighted average shares outstanding
    Basic................................................      5,901      5,901      6,075      7,875       10,333       12,003
    Diluted..............................................      5,901      5,901      6,094      8,003       10,547       12,235
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                    PRO          PRO
                                                              PRO                                  FORMA        FORMA
                                                             FORMA    JANUARY 25,  JANUARY 24,  JANUARY 25,  JANUARY 24,
                                                            1997(3)      1997         1998        1997(3)      1998(3)
                                                           ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues.................................................  $ 342,335   $ 239,751    $ 257,777    $ 250,820    $ 263,960
Cost of revenues.........................................    244,475     172,869      190,482      178,983      193,104
                                                           ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross profit.............................................     97,860      66,882       67,295       71,837       70,856
Selling, general and administrative expenses.............     75,568      51,735       53,083       55,472       55,095
Non-recurring acquisition costs..........................      5,006       2,902                     2,902
                                                           ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating income.........................................     17,286      12,245       14,212       13,463       15,761
Interest expense.........................................      3,647       3,910        1,665        2,735        2,735
Interest income..........................................                    (21)          (9)
Other (income) expense...................................        408         610         (205)         445         (333)
                                                           ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes
  and extraordinary items................................     13,231       7,746       12,761       10,283       13,359
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(4).............      5,425       2,249        5,212        4,216        5,477
                                                           ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income before extraordinary items........................  $   7,806       5,497        7,549    $   6,067    $   7,882
                                                           ---------                            -----------  -----------
                                                           ---------                            -----------  -----------
Extraordinary items(5)...................................
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Net income...............................................              $   5,497    $   7,549
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Per share amounts:
  Basic:
    Income from before extraordinary items...............  $    0.53(6)  $    0.48  $    0.49    $    0.41(6)  $    0.54(6)
                                                           ---------                            -----------  -----------
                                                           ---------                            -----------  -----------
    Extraordinary items..................................
                                                                      -----------  -----------
    Net income...........................................              $    0.48    $    0.49
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
  Diluted:
    Income from before extraordinary items...............  $    0.53(6)  $    0.47  $    0.48    $    0.41(6)  $    0.54(6)
                                                           ---------                            -----------  -----------
                                                           ---------                            -----------  -----------
    Extraordinary items..................................
                                                                      -----------  -----------
    Net income...........................................              $    0.47    $    0.48
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Weighted average shares outstanding
    Basic................................................     14,625(7)     11,464     15,301       14,625(7)     14,625(7)
    Diluted..............................................     14,625(7)     11,710     15,625       14,625(7)     14,625(7)
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                  -------------------------------
                                                                                                    1992       1993       1994
                                                                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.................................................................................  $   6,005  $   7,264  $   8,583
Total assets....................................................................................     26,543     48,374     51,357
Short-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products.................................................
Long-term debt, less current portion............................................................      4,632      9,632      7,355
Long-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products..................................................
Stockholder's equity............................................................................      7,459     11,675     12,889
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                              APRIL 30,
                                                                                                    1995        1996
                                                                                                  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                               <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.................................................................................  $  20,127   $  23,378
Total assets....................................................................................    120,630     117,949
Short-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products.................................................
Long-term debt, less current portion............................................................     28,812      28,108
Long-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products..................................................
Stockholder's equity............................................................................     24,719      29,120
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                JANUARY
                                                                                                               24, 1998
                                                                                                               ---------
                                                                                                   APRIL 26,
                                                                                                     1997       ACTUAL
                                                                                                  -----------  ---------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.................................................................................   $  16,910   $  25,370
Total assets....................................................................................     125,108     127,105
Short-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products.................................................      23,622      17,658
Long-term debt, less current portion............................................................       6,034       5,498
Long-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products..................................................         561       1,905
Stockholder's equity............................................................................      47,780      55,979
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                                      PRO
                                                                                                   FORMA(8)
                                                                                                  -----------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.................................................................................   $  43,958
Total assets....................................................................................     143,073
Short-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products.................................................
Long-term debt, less current portion............................................................      40,638
Long-term debt payable to U.S. Office Products..................................................
Stockholder's equity............................................................................      55,979
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
 (1) The historical financial information of the Pooled Companies has been
     combined on a historical cost basis in accordance with GAAP to present this
     financial data as if the Pooled Companies had always been members of the
     same operating group. The financial information of the Purchased Companies
     is included from the dates of their respective acquisitions. The pro forma
     financial information reflects completed acquisitions through May 1, 1998.
     See Note 4 of the Company's Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
     a description of the number and accounting treatment of the acquisitions by
     the Company.
 
 (2) The results for the year ended December 31, 1995 include the results of
     DBF, one of the Pooled Companies, from its date of incorporation on
     February 8, 1995.
 
   
 (3) Gives effect to the Distribution and the acquisitions completed by the
     Company since May 1, 1996 as if all such transactions had been made on May
     1, 1996. The pro forma statement of income data are not necessarily
     indicative of the operating results that would have been achieved had these
     events actually then occurred and should not be construed as representative
     of future operating results.
    
 
   
 (4) Certain Pooled Companies were organized as subchapter S corporations prior
     to the closing of their acquisitions by the Company and, as a result, the
     federal tax on their income was the responsibility of their individual
     stockholders. Accordingly, the specific Pooled Companies provided no
     federal income tax expense prior to these acquisitions by the Company.
    
 
   
 (5) Extraordinary items represent the losses associated with the early
     terminations of credit facilities at one Pooled Company, net of the related
     income tax benefits.
    
 
   
 (6) Pro forma net income per share is pro forma income before extraordinary
     items per share.
    
 
   
 (7) For calculation of the pro forma weighted average shares outstanding for
     the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and for the nine months ended January
     24, 1998 and January 25, 1997, see Note 2(j) of Notes to Pro Forma Combined
     Financial Statements included herein.
    
 
   
 (8) Gives effect to the Distribution and the purchase acquisition of Astrid as
     if such transactions had been made on January 24, 1998. The pro forma
     balance sheet data are not necessarily indicative of the financial position
     that would have been achieved had these events actually then occurred and
     should not be construed as representative of future financial position.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
    OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT
 
    The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements
that involve risks and uncertainties. When used herein, the words "anticipate,"
"believe," "estimate," "expect," and similar expressions are intended to
identify such forward-looking statements. The Company's actual results could
differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
in "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations of Workflow Management," and "Business," as well as
those discussed elsewhere in this Information Statement/Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Workflow Management is an integrated graphic arts company providing
documents, envelopes and commercial printing to more than 22,000 businesses in
the United States and Canada. U.S. Office Products acquired SFI and a related
company, Hano, on January 24, 1997. On April 25, 1997, U.S. Office Products
acquired United. On April 26, 1997, U.S. Office Products acquired DBF. On
February 26, 1998, U.S. Office Products acquired Astrid. Upon consummation of
the transactions described under the caption "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office
Products," these companies will become direct or indirect wholly-owned
subsidiaries of Workflow Management.
 
    Workflow Management's consolidated financial statements give retroactive
effect to the seven business combinations accounted for under the
pooling-of-interests method during the period from January 1997 through April
1997 (the "Pooled Companies") and include the results of the two companies
acquired in business combinations accounted for under the purchase method, each
from its acquisition date. Prior to their respective dates of acquisition by
U.S. Office Products, the Pooled Companies reported results for years ended on
December 31. Upon acquisition by U.S. Office Products and effective for the
fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 ("Fiscal 1997"), the Pooled Companies changed
their year-ends from December 31 to conform with U.S. Office Products' fiscal
year, which ends on the last Saturday of April. The following discussion should
be read in conjunction with Workflow Management's consolidated financial
statements and related notes thereto and pro forma financial statements and
related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Information
Statement/Prospectus.
 
    In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, the Company
will be unable to utilize the pooling-of-interests method to account for
acquisitions for a period of two years following the completion of the Strategic
Restructuring Plan. During this period, the Company will not reflect any
non-recurring acquisition costs in its results of operations, as all costs
incurred of this nature would be related to acquisitions accounted for under the
purchase method and would, therefore, be capitalized as a portion of the
purchase consideration.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth various items as a percentage of revenues for
the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
and for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and January 24, 1998, as well as
for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and for the nine months ended January
25, 1997 and January 24, 1998, on a pro forma basis reflecting the Workflow
Distribution and the results of the completed business combinations accounted
for under the purchase method as if such transactions had occurred on May 1,
1996.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED             --------------------------  ----------------------------
                                          --------------------------------                 PRO FORMA
                                           DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,     APRIL 26,     APRIL 26,     JANUARY 25,    JANUARY 24,
                                               1994             1995           1997          1997           1997           1998
                                          ---------------  ---------------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues................................         100.0%           100.0%         100.0%        100.0%         100.0%         100.0%
Cost of revenues........................          74.5             75.9           72.2          71.4           72.1           73.9
                                                 -----            -----          -----         -----          -----          -----
  Gross profit..........................          25.5             24.1           27.8          28.6           27.9           26.1
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..............................          20.8             20.1           21.7          22.1           21.6           20.6
Non-recurring acquisition costs.........                                           1.5           1.5            1.2
                                                 -----            -----          -----         -----          -----          -----
  Operating income......................           4.7              4.0            4.6           5.0            5.1            5.5
Interest expense, net...................           1.3              1.7            1.4           1.1            1.6            0.6
Other (income)..........................           0.1                             0.2                          0.3           (0.1)
                                                 -----            -----          -----         -----          -----          -----
Income before provision for income taxes
  and extraordinary items...............           3.3              2.3            3.0           3.9            3.2            5.0
Provision for income taxes..............           0.3                             1.1           1.6            0.9            2.1
                                                 -----            -----          -----         -----          -----          -----
Income before extraordinary items.......           3.0              2.3            1.9           2.3%           2.3            2.9
                                                                                               -----
                                                                                               -----
Extraordinary items--loss on early
  terminations of credit facilities, net
  of income taxes.......................                            0.2            0.2
                                                 -----            -----          -----                        -----          -----
Net income..............................           3.0%             2.1%           1.7%                         2.3%           2.9%
                                                 -----            -----          -----                        -----          -----
                                                 -----            -----          -----                        -----          -----
 
<CAPTION>
                                            PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA
                                           JANUARY 25,    JANUARY 24,
                                              1997           1998
                                          -------------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>
Revenues................................        100.0%         100.0%
Cost of revenues........................         71.4           73.2
                                                -----          -----
  Gross profit..........................         28.6           26.8
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..............................         22.1           20.8
Non-recurring acquisition costs.........          1.1
                                                -----          -----
  Operating income......................          5.4            6.0
Interest expense, net...................          1.1            1.0
Other (income)..........................          0.2           (0.1)
                                                -----          -----
Income before provision for income taxes
  and extraordinary items...............          4.1            5.1
Provision for income taxes..............          1.7            2.1
                                                -----          -----
Income before extraordinary items.......          2.4%           3.0%
                                                -----          -----
                                                -----          -----
Extraordinary items--loss on early
  terminations of credit facilities, net
  of income taxes.......................
Net income..............................
</TABLE>
 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 24, 1998 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 25,
     1997
 
    Consolidated revenues increased 7.5%, from $239.8 million for the nine
months ended January 25, 1997, to $257.8 million for the nine months ended
January 24, 1998. This increase was primarily due to sales to a large new
account, passing on increased product costs to customers, increased sales to
existing customers and the purchase acquisition of FMI Graphics, Inc. in 1997,
which was subsequently merged into SFI.
 
    Gross profit increased 0.6%, from $66.9 million, or 27.9% of revenues, for
the nine months ended January 25, 1997 to $67.3 million, or 26.1% of revenues,
for the nine months ended January 24, 1998. This decrease in gross profit as a
percentage of revenues was primarily due to inefficiencies related to the start-
up period of a large new account.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 2.6%, from $51.7
million, or 21.6% of revenues, for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 to
$53.1 million, or 20.6% of revenues, for the nine months ended January 24, 1998.
This decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of
revenues was primarily due to an increase in revenues combined with a decrease
in executive compensation at the subsidiary level.
 
    The Company incurred non-recurring acquisition costs of $2.9 million for the
nine months ended January 25, 1997 in conjunction with business combinations
accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method. These non-recurring
acquisition costs included accounting, legal and investment banking fees, real
estate and environmental assessments and appraisals and various regulatory fees.
GAAP requires the Company to expense all acquisition costs (both those paid by
the Company and those paid by the sellers of the acquired companies) related to
business combinations accounted for under the pooling-of-interests methods of
accounting.
 
    Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased 57.4%, from $3.9 million
for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 to $1.7 million for the nine months
ended January 24, 1998. The decrease was due primarily to the fact that a
portion of the debt outstanding during the nine months ended January 25, 1997
was repaid by U.S. Office Products upon acquisition of the Pooled Companies, and
U.S. Office Products did not charge the Company interest on the long-term
portion of the payable balance.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    Other expense decreased $815,000 from other expense of $610,000 for the nine
months ended January 25, 1997, to other income of $205,000 for the nine months
ended January 24, 1998. The decrease is primarily the result of costs incurred
at one of the Pooled Companies, prior to January 25, 1997, relating to a
contemplated initial public offering that was aborted as a result of that
company's acquisition by U.S. Office Products.
 
    Provision for income taxes increased from $2.2 million for the nine months
ended January 25, 1997 to $5.2 million for the nine months ended January 24,
1998, reflecting effective income tax rates of 29.0% and 40.8%, respectively.
The lower effective tax rate for the nine months ended January 25, 1997,
compared to the federal statutory rate of 35.0% plus state taxes, is the result
of certain of the companies included in the results not being subject to federal
income taxes on a corporate level as they had elected to be treated as
subchapter S corporations.
 
    FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 26, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
    Consolidated revenues increased 5.8%, from $309.4 million in 1995, to $327.4
million in Fiscal 1997. This increase was primarily due to sales to a large new
account, passing on increased product costs to customers and increased sales to
existing customers.
 
    Gross profit increased 22.3%, from $74.5 million, or 24.1% of revenues, in
1995 to $91.0 million, or 27.8% of revenues, in Fiscal 1997. The increase in
gross profit as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to cost reductions
resulting from an increased utilization of Company owned manufacturing
facilities and to increased rebates and purchase discounts from vendors.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 14.4%, from $62.0
million, or 20.1% of revenues, in 1995 to $70.9 million, or 21.7% of revenues,
in Fiscal 1997. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as
a percentage of revenues was due primarily to an increase in fixed costs as a
result of expansions to Company facilities for anticipated future growth.
 
    The Company incurred non-recurring acquisition costs of $5.0 million for the
fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 in conjunction with business combinations
accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method.
 
    Interest expense, net of interest income, decreased 15.5%, from $5.4 million
in 1995 to $4.5 million in Fiscal 1997. The decrease was due primarily to the
fact that a portion of the debt outstanding during 1995 was repaid by U.S.
Office Products upon acquisition of the Pooled Companies and U.S. Office
Products did not charge the Company interest on the long-term portion of the
payable balance.
 
    Other expense increased $570,000, from $62,000 in 1995, to $632,000 in
Fiscal 1997. Fiscal 1997 other expense consists primarily of costs incurred at
one of the Pooled Companies, prior to January 25, 1997, relating to a
contemplated initial public offering that was aborted as a result of that
company's acquisition by U.S. Office Products.
 
    Provision for income taxes increased from a benefit of $33,000 in 1995 to an
expense of $3.7 million in Fiscal 1997, reflecting effective income tax rates of
- -0.5% and 37.2%, respectively. The benefit from income taxes in 1995, compared
to the federal statutory rate of 35.0% plus state taxes, is the result of
certain of the companies included in the results not being subject to federal
income taxes on a corporate level as they had elected to be treated as
subchapter S corporations. In Fiscal 1997, this effect was partially offset by
non-deductible non-recurring acquisition costs.
 
    During Fiscal 1997, the Company incurred an extraordinary item totaling
$798,000, which represented the expenses, net of the expected income tax
benefit, associated with the early termination of the credit facility at one of
the Pooled Companies during Fiscal 1997.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
    Consolidated revenues increased 100.7%, from $154.2 million in 1994, to
$309.4 million in 1995. This increase was primarily due to a purchase
acquisition by one of the Pooled Companies in February 1995 (the "1995 Purchased
Company"), sales to new accounts and increased sales to existing customers.
 
    Gross profit increased 89.4%, from $39.3 million, or 25.5% of revenues, in
1994 to $74.5 million, or 24.1% of revenues, in 1995. The increase in gross
profit was due primarily to the acquisition of the 1995 Purchased Company. The
decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenues was due primarily to the
acquisition of the 1995 Purchased Company, which historically had lower gross
margins.
 
    Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 93.7%, from $32.0
million, or 20.8% of revenues, in 1994 to $62.0 million, or 20.1% of revenues,
in 1995. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses as a
percentage of revenues was due primarily to increased revenues which were
generated without a correlating increase in selling, general and administrative
expense which were primarily fixed in nature.
 
    Interest expense, net of interest income, increased 162.2%, from $2.0
million in 1994 to $5.4 million in fiscal 1995. The increase is due primarily to
financing obtained by one of the Pooled Companies to acquire the 1995 Purchased
Company.
 
    Provision for income taxes decreased from $379,000 in 1994 to a benefit of
$33,000 in 1995, reflecting effective income tax rates of 7.5% and -0.5%,
respectively. The lower effective income tax rate in 1994 and the benefit from
income taxes in 1995, compared to the federal statutory rate of 35.0% plus state
taxes, is the result of certain of the companies included in the results not
being subject to federal income taxes on a corporate level as they had elected
to be treated as subchapter S corporations.
 
PRO FORMA COMBINED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The pro forma combined financial data discussed herein does not purport to
represent the results that the Company would have obtained had the transactions
which are the subject of pro forma adjustments occurred at the beginning of the
applicable periods, as assumed, or the future results of the Company.
 
    NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 24, 1998 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 25,
     1997
 
    Pro forma revenues increased 5.2%, from $250.8 million for the nine months
ended January 25, 1997, to $264.0 million for the nine months ended January 24,
1998. This increase was primarily due to sales to a large new account, passing
on increased product costs to customers and increased sales to existing
customers.
 
    Pro forma gross profit decreased 1.4%, from $71.8 million, or 28.6% of pro
forma revenues, for the nine months ended January 25, 1997, to $70.9 million, or
26.8% of pro forma revenues, for the nine months ended January 24, 1998. This
decrease in gross profit as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to
inefficiencies related to the start-up period of a large new account.
 
    Pro forma selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 0.7%, from
$55.5 million, or 22.1% of pro forma revenues for the nine months ended January
25, 1997, to $55.1 million, or 20.8% of pro forma revenues for the nine months
ended January 24, 1998. The decrease in selling, general and administrative
expenses as a percentage of revenues was primarily due to spreading fixed costs
over a larger revenue base during the nine months ended January 24, 1998.
 
    The provision for income taxes has been estimated using an effective income
tax rate of 41.0%, which represents anticipated federal and state income tax
rates.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    At January 24, 1998, the Company had cash of $248,000 and working capital of
$25.4 million. The Company's capitalization, defined as the sum of long-term
debt, long-term payable to U.S. Office Products
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
and stockholder's equity, at January 24, 1998 was approximately $63.4 million.
On a pro forma basis at January 24, 1998, the Company had working capital of
$44.0 million and capitalization of $96.6 million.
 
    During the nine months ended January 24, 1998, net cash provided by
operating activities was $6.0 million. Net cash used in investing activities was
$4.0 million, including $3.4 million of capital expenditures and the payment of
non-recurring acquisition costs of $906,000. Net cash used by financing
activities totaled $3.9 million, which consisted entirely of the net repayment
of debt.
 
    During the nine months ended January 25, 1997, net cash provided by
operating activities was $19.5 million. Net cash used in investing activities
was $7.7 million, including $7.4 million of capital expenditures. Net cash used
in financing activities totaled $10.6 million, consisting of the repayment of
debt of $22.4 million and the payment of dividends at Pooled Companies of $4.6
million which was partially offset by the $16.4 million capital contribution by
U.S. Office Products.
 
    During the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, net cash provided by operating
activities was $19.7 million. Net cash used in investing activities was $14.1
million, including $4.1 million of cash paid for non-recurring acquisition costs
and $9.5 million of capital expenditures. Net cash used in financing activities
totaled $4.7 million, consisting primarily of the repayment of debt of $17.2
million and the payment of dividends at Pooled Companies of $6.1 million,
partially offset by the $20.1 million capital contribution by U.S. Office
Products.
 
    During the year ended December 31, 1995, net cash provided by operating
activities was $11.1 million. Net cash used in investing activities was $42.4
million, including $37.9 million of net cash paid in acquisitions and $5.9
million of capital expenditures. Net cash provided by financing activities
totaled $31.4 million, consisting primarily of an increase in debt of $35.8
million and the payment of dividends at Pooled Companies of $3.9 million.
 
    During the year ended December 31, 1994, net cash provided by operating
activities was $6.1 million. Net cash used in investing activities was $123,000.
Net cash used in financing activities totaled $5.3 million, consisting primarily
of the payment of debt of $3.1 million and the payment of dividends at Pooled
Companies of $2.3 million.
 
    Workflow Management has significant operations in Canada. Net sales and
income before provision for income taxes from the Company's Canadian operations
accounted for approximately 37.1% and 59.6% of the Company's total net sales and
income before provision for income taxes, respectively, in the fiscal year ended
April 26, 1997. As a result, Workflow Management is subject to certain risks
inherent in conducting business internationally, including fluctuations in
currency exchange rates. Changes in exchange rates may have a significant effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The
Company is currently reviewing certain hedge transaction options to mitigate the
effect of currency fluctuations.
 
    Workflow Management's anticipated capital expenditures budget for the next
twelve months is approximately $10.0 million for new equipment and maintenance.
 
    As a result of the provisions of Section 355 of the Code, the Company may be
subject to constraints in its ability to issue additional shares of Company
Common Stock in certain transactions for two years following the date of the
Workflow Distribution. In particular, if 50% or more, by vote or value, of the
capital stock of Workflow Management is acquired by one or more persons acting
pursuant to a plan or series of transactions that includes the spin-off
transaction, Workflow Management will suffer significant tax liability. Workflow
Management will evaluate any significant future issuance of capital stock to
avoid the imposition of such tax liability. See "Risk Factors--Possible
Limitations on Issuances of Common Stock."
 
    The Distribution Agreement with U.S. Office Products calls for an allocation
of $45.6 million of debt by U.S. Office Products resulting in the forgiveness of
$20.1 million of debt at January 24, 1998, which will be reflected in the
financial statements as a contribution of capital by U.S. Office Products. The
Company is entering into a secured $150.0 million revolving credit facility
underwritten and agented by Bankers Trust
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
Company. The credit facility will mature approximately five years from the
Distribution Date and will be secured by all assets of the Company. The credit
facility will be subject to terms and conditions typical of a credit facility of
such type and size, including certain financial covenants. Interest rate options
are available to the Company conditioned on certain leverage tests. The maximum
rate of interest will be the prime rate from time to time in effect. Workflow
Management expects that the credit facility will be adequate to repay the debt
allocated by U.S. Office Products and to fund working capital and capital
expenditure needs. Workflow Management expects that a portion of the credit
facility will also be available to fund the cash portion of future acquisitions,
subject to the maintenance of bank covenants.
 
   
    The Company anticipates that its current cash on hand, cash flow from
operations and additional financing available under the bank line of credit will
be sufficient to meet the Company's liquidity requirements for its operations
for the next 12 months. However, the Company intends to pursue acquisitions,
which are expected to be funded through cash, stock or a combination thereof.
There can be no assurance that additional sources of financing will not be
required during the next 12 months or thereafter.
    
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    Workflow Management's envelope business is subject to seasonal influences
from holiday mailings. As Workflow Management continues to complete
acquisitions, it may become subject to other seasonal influences if the
businesses it acquires are seasonal. Quarterly results also may be materially
affected by the timing of acquisitions, the timing and magnitude of costs
related to such acquisitions, variations in the prices paid by the Company for
the products it sells, the mix of products sold and general economic conditions.
Moreover, the operating margins of companies acquired may differ substantially
from those of Workflow Management, which could contribute to further fluctuation
in its quarterly operating results. Therefore, results for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of the results that Workflow Management may achieve for
any subsequent fiscal quarter or for a full fiscal year.
 
    The following tables set forth certain unaudited quarterly financial data
for the year ended December 31, 1995, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and
the nine months ended January 24, 1998. The information has been derived from
unaudited consolidated financial statements, that in the opinion of management
reflect adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for
a fair presentation of such quarterly information.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        QUARTER ENDED
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                                                          MARCH 31,  JUNE 30,   SEPT. 30,  DEC. 31,
                                                            1995       1995       1995       1995
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues................................................  $  65,497  $  80,595  $  79,815  $  83,519
Gross profit............................................     15,770     19,361     19,229     20,107
Operating income........................................      2,681      3,296      3,306      3,172
Net income..............................................      1,789      1,529      1,744      1,294
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        QUARTER ENDED
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                                                          JULY 27,   OCT. 26,   JAN. 25,   APRIL 26,
                                                            1996       1996       1997       1997
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues................................................  $  78,071  $  80,227  $  81,453  $  87,630
Gross profit............................................     21,717     22,518     22,647     24,159
Operating income........................................      4,650      6,085      1,510      2,841
Net income (loss).......................................      2,974      3,181       (658)       (67)
</TABLE>
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            QUARTER ENDED
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                   JULY 26,   OCT. 25,   JAN. 24,
                                                                     1997       1997       1998
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues.........................................................  $  82,163  $  88,884  $  86,730
Gross profit.....................................................     21,895     23,314     22,086
Operating income.................................................      4,975      4,842      4,395
Net income.......................................................      2,703      2,582      2,264
</TABLE>
 
INFLATION
 
    The Company does not believe that inflation has had a material impact on its
results of operations during 1994, 1995 or Fiscal 1997.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
 
    REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME.  In June 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for the
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components (revenues,
expenses, gains and losses) in a full set of general purpose financial
statements. SFAS No. 130 requires that all items required to be recognized under
accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be reported in a
financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other
financial statements. SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods
provided for comparative purposes is required. Workflow Management intends to
adopt SFAS No. 130 in the fiscal year ending April 24, 1999.
 
YEAR 2000 ISSUE
 
    Many existing computer programs were designed and developed without
considering the impact of the upcoming change in the century and consequently
use only two digits to identify a year in the date field. If not corrected, many
computer applications could fail or create erroneous results by or at the year
2000 (the "Year 2000 Issue"). The Company has reviewed the potential impact of
the Year 2000 Issue on its business, operations and financial condition and has
concluded that it will not be material.
 
    The Company intends to have its proprietary software systems and related
services (known as GetSmart) Year 2000 ready by July 1998 and its proprietary
systems and related services (known as Informa) Year 2000 ready by the end of
the third fiscal quarter of 1998. With respect to the third party vendors
components, the Company will use its best efforts to replace third-party
software, hardware, and computer systems that are currently not Year 2000 ready
by December 31, 1999.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements
that involve risks and uncertainties. When used herein, the words "anticipate,"
"believe," "estimate," "expect," and similar expressions are intended to
identify such forward-looking statements. The Company's actual results could
differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
in "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations of Workflow Management," and "Business," as well as
those discussed elsewhere in this Information Statement/Prospectus.
 
COMPANY OVERVIEW
 
    Workflow Management is an integrated graphic arts company providing
documents, envelopes and commercial printing to more than 22,000 businesses in
the United States and Canada. The Company also offers various print and
facilities management services, which allow customers to realize cost savings by
outsourcing non-core operations, as well as graphic design services and workflow
analysis. Drawing on its position in the industry and its experience in
completing acquisitions, the Company seeks to become a leading consolidator in
the highly fragmented graphic arts industry. In the last ten years the Company's
senior management team successfully completed the acquisition of 16 smaller
distributors for Standard Forms, Inc., the predecessor to SFI. Since the
acquisition of SFI and Hano by the Print Management Division of U.S. Office
Products in January 1997, that same management team has continued its
acquisition strategy by successfully buying six additional companies. As a
result, the enterprise has grown from SFI's revenues and operating income of
$115.1 million and $6.7 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31,
1996, to the Company's revenues and operating income of $345.4 million and $17.1
million, respectively, for the twelve months ended January 24, 1998. The Company
currently has over 2,000 employees and has 17 manufacturing facilities in seven
states and five Canadian Provinces, 26 distribution centers, eight
print-on-demand centers and 59 sales offices. Workflow Management intends to
continue to pursue its aggressive acquisition strategy to extend its geographic
scope and market penetration, and to increase sales to existing customers by
cross-selling documents, envelopes and commercial printing.
 
    Workflow Management offers a full range of printed products which are either
manufactured by the Company or procured from one of the Company's more than
3,500 vendors. The Company's product line includes: (i) documents, such as
custom invoices, purchase orders, checks and labels; (ii) envelopes, including
specialty envelopes for uses such as credit card solicitations, annual reports,
direct mail and airline tickets; and (iii) commercial printing, such as product
and corporate brochures, personalized direct mail literature, catalogs,
directories and digital imaging. The Company's manufacturing base, combined with
its extensive vendor network and distribution capability, gives the Company
broad flexibility to meet customers' demand for printed products. For the nine
months ended January 24, 1998, approximately 55.2% of its revenues were derived
from products purchased by the Company for distribution, and 44.8% were derived
from products manufactured by the Company.
 
    Many of the Company's customers are attempting to reduce their overhead and
direct costs by focusing on core competencies and by outsourcing non-core
operations to specialists. The Company provides customers with print management
services that are designed to control the costs of procuring, storing and using
graphic arts in their business operations. As an outsourcing specialist for
print management services, Workflow Management enables its customers to reduce
costs and improve control by soliciting competitive bids, establishing more
efficient inventory levels and order quantities, and consolidating requisitions,
production and deliveries. The Company also performs design and procurement
services for its customers. In order to meet growing demand, Workflow Management
plans to continue to expand its product lines and services, and to promote its
print and facilities management services, which allow customers to outsource the
management of printed products.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    The Company believes that its proprietary technology and systems are central
to its ability to capitalize effectively on industry outsourcing trends and
provide it with a significant competitive advantage. The Company has developed
its GetSmart and Informa transaction and information systems to support these
services and the Company's sales of printed products. The GetSmart system
provides transaction, reporting and control capabilities to the Company and its
customers in the United States. The Informa system supports requisition,
distribution and imaging services with a control database and a variety of
customer interfaces for its customers in Canada, including the Imagenet Document
Manager that provides access via the world wide web. In addition, using the
GetSmart and the Informa systems, the Company has the flexibility to integrate
future acquisitions and increase its customer base rapidly and seamlessly. In
addition, with its technology platform, Workflow Management believes that it is
able to position itself as a premier technology deployer, thus increasing the
Company's attractiveness to potential acquisition targets. The Company is
granting a license to U.S. Office Products for the Company's Imagenet technology
effective on the Distribution Date. See "Certain Transactions."
 
    The document, envelope and commercial printing industries that comprise the
graphic arts businesses are highly fragmented, and the Company believes they are
ripe for consolidation. The Company believes that (i) the market for documents
was approximately $12.7 billion in 1996, up from $11.1 billion in 1993; (ii)
while the United States market for envelopes decreased from $3.0 billion in 1989
to $2.6 billion in 1992, the market has since increased to approximately $3.0
billion in 1996; and (iii) the general commercial segment of the United States
printing industry shipped more than $88.0 billion of products in 1996, an
increase of 8% over 1995. Furthermore, management believes there are
approximately 200 envelope manufacturers in the U.S., and that the commercial
printing industry is composed of approximately 25,000 printing plants, 70% of
which have fewer than 10 employees.
 
    The principal subsidiaries of the Company are as follows:
 
    - SFI is a national distributor of documents and other printed consumables
      used by businesses in the United States. SFI also provides print
      management services that are designed to control its customers' costs of
      procuring, storing and using graphic arts. SFI developed its proprietary
      GetSmart information system as the platform for delivering these services
      and executing sales. SFI has 338 employees, 150 of which are in sales. SFI
      has 25 sales offices and nine distribution warehouses located in eight
      states.
 
    - United is a regional manufacturer and distributor of envelopes, primarily
      custom and specialty envelopes for applications such as credit card
      solicitations, annual reports, direct mail and airline tickets. United
      manufactures its products in four plants located in New York, New Jersey
      and Pennsylvania. United also has several digital pre-press systems for
      converting text and graphics to film and plates prior to printing,
      enabling United to offer design services to its customers. United has 311
      employees, of which 19 are in sales and 223 are in manufacturing.
 
    - DBF is a Canadian manufacturer, printer and distributor of documents and
      other printed products, such as labels, direct mail, business
      communications, security products, bar coding and thermal labeling. DBF
      also offers its customers document and print facility management services
      through its proprietary Informa and Imagenet systems. These systems allow
      DBF's customers to control printing processes at DBF's eight Imagenet
      print centers which are located in six cities across Canada. In addition,
      DBF has 11 plants with approximately 1,200 employees, of which 854 are
      engaged in manufacturing or printing.
 
    - Hano is a manufacturer and printer of documents. Hano has three plants
      located in Georgia, Illinois and Massachusetts. Hano has 184 employees.
      Approximately 21% of Hano's products are sold to SFI.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company's objective is to become a leading single source provider of
printed products and related services to businesses of all sizes. To attain its
goals, Workflow Management plans to grow both externally, through strategic
acquisitions, and internally, through product development, cross-selling the
full suite of the Company's products and services to its subsidiaries, which had
previously limited product offerings, and cross-utilization of the Company's
proprietary computer systems. In addition, the Company intends to develop
additional systems to establish a position as one of the industry's most
technologically sophisticated providers of printed products and related
management services.
 
    Workflow Management intends to capitalize on consolidation opportunities in
three segments of the North American graphic arts industry: U.S. printed
products, U.S. envelopes and Canadian printed products. Through acquisitions,
the Company plans to expand its presence into new geographic regions and
increase penetration in regions where it currently has operations. In the U.S.
printed products market, the acquisition strategy will focus on the large
population of independent distributors. Workflow Management is the third largest
print distributor in North America. In the last ten years the Company's senior
management team successfully completed the acquisition of 16 smaller
distributors for Standard Forms, Inc., the predecessor to SFI. Since the
acquisition of SFI and Hano by the Print Management Division of U.S. Office
Products in January 1997, that same senior management team has continued its
acquisition strategy by successfully buying six additional companies, including
envelope businesses and print businesses. The Company intends to pursue
additional acquisitions in the highly fragmented U.S. print distribution market.
In the U.S. envelope market, Workflow Management will seek to acquire high
value-added producers of specialty envelope and direct mail concerns. In the
Canadian printed products market, the Company plans to leverage its document
sales force and customer base with selective acquisitions of commercial print
manufacturers.
 
    Workflow Management intends to grow internally through product development,
cross-marketing and cross-utilization of its proprietary GetSmart, Informa and
Imagenet computer systems. A substantial majority of the Company's net sales are
derived from custom documents, envelopes, and commercial printing. The Company
believes that its analysis, design work and print management services enable the
Company to better understand customers' requirements, and fosters close business
relationships between the Company and its customers. Workflow Management
believes that its knowledge of customer requirements and these relationships
enable the Company to identify new product lines and services in response to
emerging customer opportunities and provide cross-marketing opportunities for
the Company's various product lines and services. The Company also believes that
it will be able to increase sales by implementing its GetSmart, Informa and
Imagenet systems on a Company-wide basis.
 
PRODUCT LINES
 
    DOCUMENTS.  Workflow Management offers a complete line of custom and stock
documents, such as invoices, purchase orders, money orders, bank drafts and
labels. These documents may be fan-folded, roll-fed, snap-apart or cut-sheet,
and manufactured to specification with respect to content, size, plies, paper
and inks. More than 85% of the Company's revenues from sales of documents are
from sales of custom products.
 
    ENVELOPES.  Workflow Management offers a complete line of conventional and
specialty envelopes for applications such as billing, credit card solicitations,
annual reports, proxy solicitations, direct mail, and airline tickets. These
envelopes may be of varying sizes and specialized materials, with constructions
including wallet flap, flat mailer, safety fold, peel and seal, clasp, button
and string, window, expansion, and continuous. The Company can customize
dimensions, materials, construction, and graphics to customers' specific
requirements.
 
    COMMERCIAL PRINTING.  The Company's commercial printing line includes
products such as corporate brochures, personalized direct mail, catalogs,
directories and promotional products. These products are
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
designed and manufactured to customers' requirements. Workflow Management
provides a variety of custom services, including art direction, digital and
conventional design, layout, illustration, photography and production.
 
    The following table sets forth the amount of the Company's revenue derived
from each of its three largest product lines for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FISCAL YEAR  NINE MONTHS
                                                        YEAR ENDED      ENDED        ENDED
                                                       DECEMBER 31,   APRIL 26,   JANUARY 24,
                                                           1995         1997          1998
                                                       ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>          <C>
 
Documents............................................   $  178,806    $ 186,787    $  126,756
 
Envelopes............................................      101,642       97,256        74,290
 
Commercial Printing..................................       24,850       37,426        32,978
</TABLE>
 
PRINT MANAGEMENT
 
    Workflow Management supports its product offering with a selection of
value-added services. For many businesses, the costs of managing, storing, and
using printed products exceed their purchase price. The Company seeks to control
these costs and improve efficiency throughout the workflow by providing systems
analysis, design, and facilities and inventory management services. Workflow
Management delivers its print management services through GetSmart and Informa,
its proprietary computerized transaction and information systems. The Company
does not charge a separate fee for its management services, but instead tailors
its product pricing to reflect the services provided.
 
    GETSMART SYSTEM.  The Company offers the GetSmart system in the United
States. GetSmart provides transaction, reporting, and control capabilities to
the Company and its customers. SFI introduced GetSmart in 1986, and it
re-engineered the system in 1993 to incorporate advances in hardware and
software technologies. The system's transaction database now includes more than
200,000 SKUs, 12,000 active customers, and 3,500 active vendors. Customers can
access GetSmart either off-line, through the Company's sales and customer
support personnel, or on-line, through wide area network, dial-up, leased-line,
and Internet connections. This array of delivery options makes GetSmart
available to customers of every size and complexity, and to customers at every
level of computer sophistication. The discussion below summarizes these support
functions. The Company is continually refining and enhancing the GetSmart
system.
 
    A customer can initiate a distribution from inventory by issuing a
requisition through GetSmart. GetSmart then allocates the merchandise to the
cost center and routes the release to the appropriate distribution facility.
Customers can specify their minimum inventory requirements or can rely on
GetSmart's ongoing analysis of usage patterns and lead times. GetSmart notifies
the Company's sales representative when a re-order point is reached, and the
representative negotiates a new purchase order with the customer. The purchase
order is entered into the system and GetSmart tracks the order to the product's
receipt at the Company's distribution center. At this point the storage,
shipment, usage and re-order cycle begins again. Throughout the cycle, the
system supports inventory transfers and write-offs, returns of items
requisitioned in error, and purchases that are shipped directly to customers by
the Company's vendors. GetSmart produces invoices when merchandise is received
at the Company's distribution centers, or when it is shipped to customers, and
tracks invoices through to remittance. All transactions can be consummated in a
number of electronic formats required by customers' data processing operations.
GetSmart also offers electronic catalogs of 375,000 promotional products and
30,000 office products. The catalogs provide product images and descriptions, as
well as powerful search engines enabling customers to locate the products best
suited to their requirements.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    GetSmart can generate more than 100 real-time and periodic reports to
customers. These reports detail, summarize, and analyze purchases, inventory
levels, utilization rates, and billing by cost center, product, and product line
to meet each customer's specific needs. Reports can be viewed on-screen in real
time, printed at the customer's premises, printed remotely and delivered to a
customer, or transmitted electronically for further processing by a customer's
internal management information system. The Company maintains five years of
historical data on-line for comparative reports and analyses. In addition,
GetSmart's Base Line Pricing Report routinely analyzes changes in prices charged
to managed accounts, an analysis the Company believes is unique in the industry.
 
    GetSmart also provides customers with a system of management controls for
certain services. Customers may control cost center access with passwords,
allocate inventories to cost centers, limit the transacting and reporting
authority of each cost center by product or product line, constrain purchases
and requisitions to amounts budgeted for each cost center, and suspend
transactions until they are reviewed and approved. The Company can customize
GetSmart to create optimal programs for its customers.
 
    INFORMA SYSTEM.  Workflow Management offers the Informa system in Canada.
Informa supports requisition, distribution, and digital imaging services with a
central transaction database and a variety of customer interfaces. In addition
to sophisticated print-on-demand capabilities, Informa provides much of the
functionality of the GetSmart system: inventory inquiries and releases; order
tracking; usage analysis and forecasting; detailed reporting for cost centers
and products; and procurement-card and X.12 EDI billing. Customer interfaces
include terminal access, a graphical user interface client, e-mail, world wide
web browser, touch-tone, and automated voice recognition. Informa is accessed
through leased lines, dial-up service, Internet and wide area networks.
 
    Informa's Electronic Job Ticket ("EJT") interface is a specialized e-mail
enabling customers to requisition documents and other products from the
Company's distribution centers, and to route attached documents to the Company's
network of Imagenet print-on-demand facilities. EJT's print on demand feature
supports a broad range of custom specifications, including quantities; fixed and
variable imaging; page orientation; paper size, weight, grade, and color;
drilling and binding; and cover page. EJT also provides fields for the
customer's budget code, billing information, and distribution instructions. EJT
originates jobs ranging from single impressions, to thousands of copies
delivered to a single location, to thousands of documents mailed to tens of
thousands of recipients.
 
    IMAGENET DOCUMENT MANAGER  The Company intends to deploy Imagenet for use in
the United States. Workflow Management is licensing Imagenet to U.S. Office
Products effective on the Distribution Date.
 
    Workflow Management provides customers with world wide web-access to Informa
through its Imagenet. This application provides a browser interface to Informa's
transaction and reporting features for managing and distributing inventories
held for customers. The application also offers a full-featured document
librarian, with image storage, retrieval, viewing, downloading, archiving, and
version control. In addition, Imagenet provides estimation and requisition for
digital print-on-demand orders. Production images for these orders can be
uploaded to the world wide web or retrieved from the application's document
library.
 
OPERATIONS
 
    SALES.  Workflow Management sells its products directly to end-users, as
well as to distributors and brokers who re-sell to end-users. The Company
employs more than 350 sales representatives and 175 customer service personnel
in 59 sales offices throughout the United States and Canada. Sales
representatives are compensated through salaries and commissions. Commissioned
sales representatives are compensated based on either product sales or gross
margins. In addition to the Company's line of documents, commercial printing,
envelopes and related products, the sales force offers value-added services
including workflow analysis, design, document management, and print-on-demand.
The Company's sales force is supported by its GetSmart and Informa transaction
and information systems. See "--Print Management."
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
    PURCHASING.  Workflow Management purchases raw materials such as paper
stock, ink, stock envelopes, adhesives, plates, film, chemicals, and cartons
from a variety of manufacturers and resellers. These materials are purchased
job-by-job or under contracts with terms of up to two years. Longer-term supply
contracts generally specify services to be provided and may guarantee product
availability, but typically reserve to vendors the right to adjust prices as
required by market conditions. The largest suppliers of paper stock to the
Company are Rollsource, Appleton, Mead, Avenor and Domtar. Workflow Management
also purchases finished goods for resale to customers. These finished goods
include the Company's full line of documents, envelopes and commercial printing.
Workflow Management has more than 3,500 suppliers of finished goods, including,
among the largest, Ward Kraft Forms, United Computer Supplies, Gilman Sky,
Transkrit, and United Stationers, Inc.
 
    MANUFACTURING.  Workflow Management manufactures documents and envelopes.
Documents produced by the Company include continuous and snap-apart forms, roll
forms, cut sheets and label/form combinations, and checks and other security
documents. Workflow Management operates 13 document plants in Canada, and four
in the U.S. These plants employ more than 1,100 manufacturing personnel and
utilize over 250 presses and other machines. The Company also manufactures a
broad line of conventional and specialty envelopes in four plants located in New
York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania. The envelope plants currently operate more
than 80 manufacturing and printing machines. Workflow Management operates a
network of eight Imagenet print-on-demand facilities in Canada, providing
digital imaging and litho quick printing. The Company also operates several
conventional and digital pre-press systems for converting text and graphics to
film and plates prior to printing. Among these pre-press capabilities are
several state-of-the-art digital systems which enhance overall production
efficiency and provide high-process capabilities to customers.
 
    DISTRIBUTION.  Products manufactured by Workflow Management are either
shipped directly to customers or held in inventory and shipped as requisitioned
by customers. Finished goods purchased by the Company from manufacturers and
wholesalers are either shipped directly to customers by vendors, or shipped to,
stored in, and shipped from one of the Company's distribution centers. Workflow
Management owns or leases nine distribution centers in the United States and 17
in Canada, and rents additional warehouse space as necessary. More than 120
distribution personnel are employed by Workflow Management. Products are
transported from the Company's suppliers and to its customers by short-haul,
regional, contract and custom carriers, as well as by air and ground courier
services.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    Workflow Management has more than 22,000 customers ranging in size from
small office/home office businesses to Fortune 500 companies in industries such
as healthcare, insurance, energy, advertising, travel and financial services.
Significant customers of the Company include: Bank of Montreal; Aetna, Inc.;
Citibank N.A.; Chase Manhattan Corp.; Group Health Incorporated; Health
Insurance Plan of Greater New York, Inc.; Heilig-Meyers Company; Merrill Lynch &
Co., Inc.; Banco Popular, Inc.; Shell Canada and Salomon Smith Barney Holdings,
Inc.
 
    The Company's five largest customers accounted for 10.7% of the Company's
net sales for the nine months ended January 24, 1998. The Company's single
largest customer accounted for 4.1% of net sales for the nine months ended
January 24, 1998. Although that customer has recently agreed to be acquired, the
Company has entered into a new four year services agreement with the customer.
 
COMPETITION
 
    Workflow Management competes for retail sales of documents and envelopes
against other independent distributors and against manufacturers' direct sales
organizations. In commercial printing, the Company also competes with
manufacturers' direct sales organizations, independent brokers, advertising
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
agencies and design firms. The principal competitive factors in the graphic arts
industry are price, quality, selection, services, production capacity, delivery
and customer support.
 
    Although Workflow Management often competes with smaller businesses, it also
competes against the largest competitors in the North American documents
industry, such as Moore Corporation Ltd., Reynolds & Reynolds Company, Standard
Register Company and Wallace Computer Services, Inc., and the largest
competitors in the U.S. envelope industry, such as Mail-Well, Westvaco and
Tension Envelope Company. The largest competitors for commercial printing
include direct sales organizations of Graphic Industries, Inc., R. R. Donnelley
& Sons, Quebecor, Inc. and World Color Press, Inc. Most of these competitors
have substantially greater financial resources than the Company.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of December 31, 1997, Workflow Management had more than 2,000 full- and
part-time employees, including over 550 in sales and sales support, more than
1,200 in manufacturing. Approximately 31% of the Company's employees in the
United States and approximately 8% of the Company's employees in Canada are
represented by labor unions. There can be no assurance that work stoppages or
strikes will not occur. The Company considers its employee relations to be good.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    Workflow Management has more than 40 registered trademarks in the U.S. and
Canada, including Get Smart, Informa and Imagenet. The Company believes that its
trademarks and other proprietary rights are material to the operations of its
business. Workflow Management regards its GetSmart, Informa and Imagenet
software as proprietary, and relies on a combination of copyright and trademark
laws, trade secrets, confidentiality agreements and contractual provisions to
protect its rights. Workflow Management is not aware that any of its software,
trademarks or other proprietary rights are being infringed by third parties, or
that it infringes proprietary rights of third parties. See "Risk
Factors--Dependence on Intellectual Property Rights; Risks of Infringement."
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The following table sets forth certain information about the Company's
executive offices and manufacturing and printing facilities:
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        APPROXIMATE
                                                                           SQUARE                        LEASE
                        FUNCTION AND LOCATION                             FOOTAGE       TITLE          EXPIRATION
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ----------  --------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>         <C>
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICE:
 
  Palm Beach, Florida.................................................     5,000        Leased            2003
 
MANUFACTURING AND PRINTING:
 
  Conyers, Georgia....................................................     71,300       Leased            2006
 
  Mt. Olive, Illinois.................................................     82,000       Leased            2004
 
  Springfield, Massachusetts..........................................     65,000       Leased            2004
 
  Lyndhurst, New Jersey...............................................     16,000       Leased            2000
 
  New York, New York..................................................    160,000       Leased            2002
 
  New York, New York..................................................     53,000       Leased            2005
 
  New York, New York..................................................     60,000       Leased            2002
 
  Norfolk, Virginia...................................................     26,400       Owned              --
 
  Mt. Pocono, Pennsylvania............................................    140,000       Owned              --
 
  Calgary, Alberta....................................................     48,000       Leased            1999
 
  Calgary, Alberta....................................................     30,000       Leased            1999
 
  Edmonton, Alberta...................................................     81,000       Leased            2006
 
  Victoria, British Columbia..........................................     14,000       Leased            1999
 
  Winnipeg, Manitoba..................................................     12,500       Leased            2002
 
  Brampton, Ontario...................................................    174,500       Leased            1999
 
  Brampton, Ontario...................................................     44,200       Leased            2000
 
  London, Ontario.....................................................     17,500       Leased       month-to-month
 
  Mississauga, Ontario................................................     60,000       Leased            2004
 
  Mississauga, Ontario................................................     7,200        Leased       month-to-month
 
  Toronto, Ontario....................................................     10,000       Leased            2000
 
  Regina, Saskatchewan................................................     28,000       Leased            2006
 
  Dorval, Quebec......................................................     42,000       Owned              --
 
  Granby, Quebec......................................................    100,000       Owned              --
 
  Pointe Claire, Quebec...............................................     30,000       Leased            1998
</TABLE>
 
    In addition to those facilities identified above, Workflow Management leases
other offices, warehouses and distribution centers across the United States and
Canada.
 
    Workflow Management believes that its properties are adequate to support its
operations for the foreseeable future.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
    The Company's operations and real property are subject to United States and
Canadian federal, state, provincial and local environmental laws and
regulations, including those governing the use, storage, treatment,
transportation and disposal of solid and hazardous materials, the emission or
discharge of such materials into the environment, and the remediation of
contamination associated with such disposal or emissions. Certain of these laws
and regulations may impose joint and several liability on lessees and
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
owners or operators of facilities for the costs of investigation or remediation
of contaminated properties, regardless of fault or the legality of the original
disposal.
 
    The past and present business operations of the Company that are subject to
the Environmental Laws and regulations include the use, storage, handling, and
contracting for recycling or disposal of hazardous and nonhazardous materials
such as washes, inks, alcohol-based products, fountain solution, photographic
fixer and developer solutions, machine and hydraulic oils, and solvents.
Workflow Management generates both hazardous and non-hazardous waste.
 
    Limited environmental investigations have been conducted at certain of the
Company's properties. Based on these investigations and all other available
information, management believes that the Company's current operations are in
substantial compliance with the Environmental Laws. The Company is not aware of
any liability under the Environmental Laws that the Company believes would have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or
results of operations. No assurance can be given, however, that all potential
environmental liabilities have been identified or that future uses, conditions
or legal requirements (including, without limitation, those that may result from
future acts or omissions or changes in applicable Environmental Laws) will not
require material expenditures to maintain compliance or resolve potential
liabilities.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Workflow Management is involved in various lawsuits arising in the ordinary
course of business. Workflow Management believes that the outcome of these
matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition or results of operations.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                       MANAGEMENT OF WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    Following the Workflow Distribution, it is anticipated that the directors,
executive officers and key employees of the Company will be as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                               AGE                            POSITION
- -----------------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY:
Thomas B. D'Agostino.................................          55   Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive
                                                                      Officer and Director
Steven R. Gibson.....................................          38   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Claudia S. Amlie.....................................          29   Vice President and General Counsel
Thomas A. Brown, Sr.(1)(2)...........................          55   Director
Gus J. James, II(1)..................................          59   Director
Jonathan J. Ledecky..................................          40   Director
Timothy L. Tabor.....................................          44   Director
F. Craig Wilson(2)...................................          48   Director
 
KEY EMPLOYEES OF SUBSIDIARIES:
John Conway..........................................          55   President of Data Business Forms Limited
Thomas B. D'Agostino, Jr.*...........................          31   President of SFI of Delaware, LLC
Robert M. Fishbein...................................          55   Co-Chairman and Co-President of United Envelope, LLC
Richard M. Schlanger.................................          53   Co-Chairman and Co-President of United Envelope, LLC
Andre Beaudet........................................          55   President of Hano Document Printers, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
 
*   Thomas B. D'Agostino, Jr. is the son of Thomas B. D'Agostino, Chairman of
    the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
 
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
    The Board of Directors intends to increase its size from six to seven
members following the Offering and to appoint the seventh director to serve on
the Compensation Committee.
 
    THOMAS B. D'AGOSTINO is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company. Mr. D'Agostino was President of SFI and its predecessor
company, Forms & Peripherals, Inc., from 1972 until 1998, and was appointed
President of U.S. Office Products Print Management Division in January 1997 when
U.S. Office Products acquired SFI and Hano.
 
    STEVEN R. GIBSON is Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
Company, the position to which he was appointed in April 1998. From February
1997 until April 1998, Mr. Gibson was President of Cortez Financial Services,
Inc., an investment banking company. From May 1985 to February 1997, he was
employed in various positions at NationsBank Corporation, ultimately serving as
Senior Vice President.
 
    CLAUDIA S. AMLIE was appointed Vice President and General Counsel of the
Company in May 1998. From July 1997 until April 1998, she served as an associate
attorney at the law firm of Edwards & Angell in Palm Beach, Florida. Ms. Amlie
worked as an associate attorney at Foley & Lardner in West Palm Beach, Florida
from June 1996 to July 1997, and Stearns, Weaver, Miller, Weissler, Alhadeff &
Sitterson in Miami, Florida from August 1994 to May 1996. Ms. Amlie graduated
from law school in 1994.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    THOMAS A. BROWN, SR. has served as the Vice
President-Purchasing/Sourcing/Logistics of Pfizer, Inc., a large pharmaceutical
company, since May 1996. From June 1991 until May 1996, Mr. Brown was Vice
President-Procurement of Aetna, Inc., a national insurance company.
 
    GUS J. JAMES, II is the President, a director and shareholder of the law
firm of Kaufman & Canoles in Norfolk, Virginia. Mr. James has practiced law with
Kaufman & Canoles since 1967. See "Certain Transactions."
 
    JONATHAN J. LEDECKY will serve as a director and an employee of the Company
and each of the other Spin-Off Companies. He founded Consolidation Capital
Corporation in February 1997 and will serve as its Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer. Mr. Ledecky founded U.S. Office Products in October 1994 and will serve
as its Chairman of the Board until the Distribution Date and served as its Chief
Executive Officer until November 5, 1997. Mr. Ledecky has also served as the
Non-Executive Chairman of the Board of USA Floral Products, Inc. since April
1997 and as a director of UniCapital Corporation since October 1997. Mr. Ledecky
served from 1989 to 1991 as the President of The Legacy Fund, Inc., and from
1991 to September 1994 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Legacy Dealer
Capital Fund, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Steelcase Inc. Prior to his
tenure at The Legacy Fund, Inc., Mr. Ledecky was a partner at Adler and Company
and a Senior Vice President at Allied Capital Corporation, an investment
management company.
 
    TIMOTHY L. TABOR served as Executive Vice President of U.S. Office Products
Print Management Division and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of SFI and Hano from May 1997 until the Distribution Date. From 1996
until 1997, he served as an executive officer of SFI and Hano. From 1993 to
1995, Mr. Tabor managed his own investments. From 1987 to 1993, Mr. Tabor held
various positions with Tudor Investment Corp., serving as Director of Technology
from 1987 to 1990, Director of the Securities Department from 1990 until 1992
and as a proprietary trader in 1993.
 
    F. CRAIG WILSON has served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
Board of Cortez III Service Corporation ("Cortez III") since March 1997. Cortez
III provides logistics and technical services to various governmental agencies.
Mr. Wilson also serves as President of EC III, Inc., a joint venture of Cortez
III, and EG&G Inc. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Wilson was Chief Operating Officer of
Cortez III.
 
    JOHN CONWAY has served as President of DBF since 1992. From 1987 to 1992,
Mr. Conway was Vice President and General Manager of Data East.
 
    THOMAS B. D'AGOSTINO, JR. was appointed President of SFI in 1998. He
previously served as Vice President of Sales of SFI from 1997 until 1998. From
1995 to 1997, he served as President of Hano. From 1993 to 1995, Mr. D'Agostino,
Jr. held several other positions with Hano, including Vice President of Sales
and Marketing and General Manager.
 
    ROBERT M. FISHBEIN is Co-Chairman of United. He has also served as
Co-President of United since 1994. From 1982 to 1994, Mr. Fishbein held the
position of Executive Vice President of United.
 
    RICHARD M. SCHLANGER is also Co-Chairman of United. He has also served as
Co-President of United since 1994. From 1982 to 1994, Mr. Schlanger held the
position of Executive Vice President of United.
 
    ANDRE BEAUDET is President of both Hano and Multiple Pakfold, Inc., the
distributor arm of DBF. Mr. Beaudet joined DBF in 1992 when it acquired Southam
Paragon, where he had been employed since 1965. From 1986 to 1997, Mr. Beaudet
held a variety of positions at Southam Paragon, including President and Vice
President.
 
    Directors are elected for a one-year term and hold office until their
successors have been elected and qualified or until such director's earlier
resignation or removal.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
 
    The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is
charged with reviewing Workflow Management's annual audit and meeting with the
Company's independent accountants to review the Company's internal controls and
financial management practices. Messrs. Brown and James are members of the Audit
Committee.
 
    The Board of Directors has a Compensation Committee. The Compensation
Committee is charged with determining the compensation of Workflow Management's
executive officers and administering the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Mr. Wilson
and Mr. Brown are members of the Compensation Committee. See "--1998 Stock
Incentive Plan."
 
LEDECKY SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
    Jonathan J. Ledecky entered into the Ledecky Services Agreement with U.S.
Office Products on January 13, 1998, as amended and restated as of June 8, 1998,
which will be effective on the Distribution Date and contingent on the
consummation of the Distributions. The Ledecky Services Agreement will expire on
September 30, 1998 if none of the Distributions has occurred by that date. If
the Ledecky Services Agreement becomes effective, it will replace his employment
agreement with U.S. Office Products as amended November 4, 1997. The principal
terms of this agreement, as amended, are summarized here.
 
    The Ledecky Services Agreement governs Mr. Ledecky's continuing obligations
to U.S. Office Products. Under the Ledecky Services Agreement, Mr. Ledecky will
report to the U.S. Office Products Board and will provide high-level acquisition
negotiation services and strategic business advice. Under the Agreement, Mr.
Ledecky will remain an employee of U.S. Office Products at an annual salary of
$48,000 through June 30, 2001. As a continuing employee of U.S. Office Products,
Mr. Ledecky will also retain his existing U.S. Office Products' options despite
his reduction in services to U.S. Office Products. U.S. Office Products can
terminate Mr. Ledecky's employment only for "cause" where cause consists of (i)
his conviction of, or guilty or nolo contendere plea to, a felony demonstrably
and materially injurious to U.S. Office Products, or (ii) his violation of the
non-competition provision as it relates to U.S. Office Products. If Mr. Ledecky
resigns or is terminated, he will cease to vest in his U.S. Office Products
stock options and will have 90 days to exercise any vested options.
 
    The Company is entering into an employment agreement with Mr. Ledecky,
effective as of June 10, 1998 that will implement assigned portions of the
Ledecky Services Agreement. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Ledecky will
report to the Board of Directors and senior management of the Company. In such
capacity, Mr. Ledecky will provide high-level acquisition negotiation services
and strategic business advice. The Company can require Mr. Ledecky's performance
of such services, consistent with his other contractual obligations to
Consolidation Capital Corporation, U.S. Office Products and the other Spin-Off
Companies. As an employee, Mr. Ledecky will also be subject to the generally
applicable personnel policies of the Company and will be eligible for such
benefit plans in accordance with their terms. The Company will pay Mr. Ledecky
an annual salary of $48,000 for up to two years. The Company may terminate Mr.
Ledecky's employment with "cause," where cause is defined as in the Ledecky
Services Agreement, as modified to refer to the Company.
 
    The Ledecky Services Agreement provides for non-competition and
non-solicitation restrictions that will continue until the end of a specified
restricted period, which for Workflow Management, means the later of June 10,
2000 or the date one year after Mr. Ledecky leaves Workflow Management's employ.
These provisions generally restrict Mr. Ledecky from, among other things,
investing in or working for or on behalf of any business selling any products or
services in direct competition with U.S. Office Products or the Spin-Off
Companies (collectively, the "U.S. Office Products Companies"), within 100 miles
of any location where the relevant U.S. Office Products Company regularly
maintains an office with employees. (For this purpose, "products or services"
are those that U.S. Office Products offered on January 13, 1998.)
Notwithstanding this prohibition, Mr. Ledecky may serve in a policy making role
(but not engage in direct
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
personal competition) with respect to the following businesses: (i) certain
businesses that are potentially competitive with Aztec Technology Partners, Inc.
if those businesses (A) relate to computer installation and servicing, (B)
information technology, or (C) telecommunications, and if, when acquired, the
businesses met certain revenue limits and had their principal place of business
in the same metropolitan area as that of the acquiring electrical contracting
and services business; (ii) businesses selling, supplying, or distributing
janitorial or sanitary products or services; (iii) businesses managing or
servicing office equipment (other than computers); (iv) businesses providing
internet access services; (v) UniCapital Corporation's current businesses (which
include equipment leasing); or (vi) U.S. Marketing Services. The Ledecky
Services Agreement prohibits Mr. Ledecky from trying to hire away managerial
employees of the U.S. Office Products Companies or from calling upon customers
of the U.S. Office Products Companies to solicit or sell products or services in
direct competition with the U.S. Office Products Companies. Mr. Ledecky also may
not hire away for Consolidation Capital Corporation any person then or in the
preceding one year employed by the U.S. Office Products Companies. U.S. Office
Products is permitted to (and will) assign to Workflow Management the ability to
enforce the non-competition provisions described above as to its own business,
which will then constitute part of his employment agreement with the Company.
 
   
    Mr. Ledecky is receiving a stock option for Company Common Stock from
Workflow Management as of June 10, 1998. The option is intended to compensate
Mr. Ledecky for his services to Workflow Management as an employee. That option
is being granted under the Company's 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. The option
covers 7.5% of the outstanding Company Common Stock, determined as of the
Distribution Date. The per share exercise price of the option is equal to the
closing price of Company Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on June 10, 1998.
The estimated value of this option depends on its exercise price and the trading
volatility of the Company Common Stock. Based on the closing price of the
Company Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on June 10, 1998 of $9.00 per share
and an assumed trading volatility index of the Company Common Stock of 40% the
estimated value of the option would be approximately $2.0 million, net of taxes
at an assumed 40% rate.
    
 
    Mr. Ledecky's option fully vests when granted but will not be exercisable
until the 12-month anniversary of the Workflow Distribution. Mr. Ledecky's
option from the Company will be exercisable immediately if Mr. Ledecky dies
before the option expires or, if Workflow Management accelerates the exercise
schedule of options for substantially all management option holders (in this
latter case, Mr. Ledecky's option will become exercisable on the same
accelerated schedule as the other Workflow Management option holders). All
unexercised portions of the option will expire ten years after its date of grant
or, if applicable, as of the date Mr. Ledecky violates his non-competition
agreement with Workflow Management.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
   
    Non-employee directors will receive cash compensation in the amount of
$10,000 per year. In addition, non-employee directors are receiving formula
stock options under the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan of 15,000 shares as of June
10, 1998, exercisable at the closing sale price of the Company Common Stock as
reported on Nasdaq on June 10, 1998. Non-employee directors are also eligible to
receive formula stock options for additional shares at each annual meeting at
which such director is reelected to the Company's Board of Directors. The
exercise price of these options will be the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant.
    
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    No member of the Board of Directors of Workflow Management has ever been an
officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except that Mr. D'Agostino
was the President of U.S. Office Products Print Management Division and a member
of the Board of Directors of SFI prior to the Distribution Date, and Mr. Tabor
was the Executive Vice President of U.S. Office Products Print Management
Division and
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of SFI and Hano prior
to the Distribution Date. Mr. Tabor has resigned as an officer of the Print
Management Division of U.S. Office Products, SFI and Hano. In addition, Mr.
Ledecky was the Chief Executive Officer of U.S. Office Products until November
5, 1997 and will be Chairman of U.S. Office Products until the Distribution
Date.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation
paid by the Company for services rendered during the year ended April 25, 1998
to the Chief Executive Officer and to the other officers of the Company whose
combined compensation exceeded $100,000 during this period (collectively the
"Named Officers").
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           ANNUAL COMPENSATION      LONG TERM
                                                          ----------------------  COMPENSATION     ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                 SALARY      BONUS      OPTIONS(#)    COMPENSATION
- --------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Thomas B. D'Agostino
  Chairman of the Board,
  Chief Executive
  Officer and Director of the Company...................  $  400,000  $      -0-       45,000      $   9,968(1)
Michael B. Feldman
  Vice President of Finance
  and Chief Financial Officer of the Company(3).........  $  133,750  $   25,000       37,500      $   6,319(2)
Timothy L. Tabor(4)
Executive Vice President--
  U.S. Office Products Print
  Management Division and Director of the Company.......  $  260,000  $   25,000       15,000      $   5,041(5)
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------
 
(1) Includes $6,805 of insurance premiums and $3,163 of 401(k) plan
    contributions paid by the Company on Mr. D'Agostino's behalf.
 
(2) Includes $3,403 of insurance premiums and $2,916 of 401(k) plan
    contributions paid by the Company on Mr. Feldman's behalf.
 
(3) Steven R. Gibson assumed the position of Vice President and Chief Financial
    Officer on April 8, 1998.
 
(4) Mr. Tabor has resigned as an officer of the Print Management Division of
    U.S. Office Products, SFI and Hano.
 
(5) Includes $5,041 of insurance premiums paid by the Company on Mr. Tabor's
    behalf.
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND RELATED MATTERS
 
    On January 23, 1997, SFI entered into an employment agreement with Thomas B.
D'Agostino. The employment agreement provides for a four-year term. Pursuant to
this agreement, Mr. D'Agostino is entitled to receive minimum annual
compensation of $400,000, incentive bonuses and certain perquisites and
benefits. In the event that Mr. D'Agostino's employment is terminated for any
reason other than cause, Mr. D'Agostino's employment agreement provides that he
is entitled to receive his base salary and benefits for the longer of (i) six
months from the date of termination or (ii) the remaining time under the term of
the employment agreement. The employment agreement also contains a
non-competition covenant which prohibits Mr. D'Agostino from engaging in certain
activities during the term of the employment agreement and for the longer of (i)
a period of one year thereafter or (ii) as long as Mr. D'Agostino continues to
receive severance payments from SFI. The Company is entering into a new
employment agreement with Mr. D'Agostino after the closing of the Offering. The
terms of any such employment agreement will not differ materially from the terms
of Mr. D'Agostino's current employment agreement with SFI, except that the
maximum incentive bonus payable to Mr. D'Agostino is currently $300,000 and
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
the incentive bonus payable to Mr. D'Agostino under his employment agreement
with the Company will not be subject to any maximum.
 
    On January 23, 1997, Hano entered into an employment agreement with Timothy
L. Tabor in the capacity of Executive Vice President. The employment agreement
provided a one-year initial term and a one-year renewal term. Pursuant to this
agreement, Mr. Tabor was entitled to receive minimum annual compensation of
$260,000, incentive bonuses as determined by the compensation committee of the
U.S. Office Products Board of Directors and certain perquisites and benefits
upon termination for any reason other than cause, Mr. Tabor's employment
agreement provides that he is entitled to receive his base salary and benefits
for the longer of (i) three months from the date of termination, or (ii) the
remaining time under the term of the employment agreement. The employment
agreement also contains a non-competition covenant which prohibits Mr. Tabor
from engaging in certain activities during the term of the employment agreement
and for the longer of (i) a period of one year thereafter, or (ii) as long as
Mr. Tabor continues to receive severance payments from Hano.
 
    The Company has entered into employment agreements with Steven R. Gibson,
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Claudia S. Amlie, Vice President and
General Counsel, and certain other employees (collectively, the "Executive
Employment Agreements") on the general terms described here. The Executive
Employment Agreements (i) provide for an initial term of two years; (ii) contain
non-competition covenants which prohibit the employees from engaging in certain
activities during the term of the Executive Employment Agreements and for the
longer of (x) a period of one year thereafter or (y) as long as the employees
receive severance payments from the Company; and (iii) provide for severance
payments upon termination without cause for the longer of (x) three months from
the date of termination or (y) the remaining term under the Executive Employment
Agreement. Under the Executive Employment Agreements, employees are eligible to
receive up to 50% of their base salary in bonus compensation, payable in cash or
stock based awards, as determined by the Compensation Committee based on
specified performance criteria. Mr. Gibson's base salary under his Executive
Employment Agreement is $175,000 annually and Ms. Amlie's base salary under her
Executive Employment Agreement is $110,000 annually.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company provides that no director
will be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for a
breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.
The Company's By-laws provide that the Company will, to the fullest extent
permitted under Delaware law, indemnify its officers and directors against any
damages arising out of their actions as officers or directors of the Company.
 
REPLACEMENT OF OUTSTANDING U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS OPTIONS
 
   
    Substantially all vested and unvested U.S. Office Products Options to
acquire shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock that are held by Workflow
Management employees on the Distribution Date are being replaced with Workflow
Options to acquire shares of Company Common Stock. As of the Distribution Date,
approximately 835,862 U.S. Office Products Options will be held by employees of
Workflow Management (assuming all option holders tendered all the shares
underlying their options in the Tender Offer). The number of Workflow Options
that will be outstanding after the Distributions will depend on the trading
prices of U.S. Office Products Common Stock around the time of the Distributions
and the closing price of the Company Common Stock on June 10, 1998 as reported
on Nasdaq. The following formulae will be used to adjust the number and exercise
price of U.S. Office Products Options. Such
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
formulae will adjust solely for the Distributions and not for other events, such
as the Tender Offer. The formulae will not affect when the options vest or when
employees can exercise the options. The exercise price of U.S. Office Products
Options will be adjusted by applying the following formula:
 
   
Exercise Price (New) = Exercise Price (Old) X Closing Price of Company Common
                                              Stock on June 10,
                                              1998__________________
    
                                              Trading Price of U.S. Office
                                              Products Common Stock Pre-Workflow
                                              Distribution
 
The number of U.S. Office Products Options will be adjusted by applying the
following formula:
 
Option Shares (New)=Option Shares (Old) X Trading Price of U.S. Office Products
                                          Common Stock Pre-Workflow Distribution
   
                                          Closing Price of Company Common Stock
                                          on June 10, 1998
    
 
   
For all optionees, the "Trading Price of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
Pre-Workflow Distribution" will be the average closing price of U.S. Office
Products Common Stock for the lesser of (a) ten business days preceding the
Distributions, or (b) the number of business days falling between the expiration
of the Tender Offer and the completion of the Distributions. The foregoing
formula adjustments are intended to preserve for the holders of U.S. Office
Products Options the intrinsic value per option, measured as the difference
between the market value of one share of U.S. Office Products Common Stock at
the time of the Workflow Distribution and the exercise price of such option. The
intrinsic value of the adjusted Workflow Options will be no greater than the
intrinsic value of the U.S. Office Products Options immediately before the
Distribution, and the ratio of exercise price to market price will be not less
than the ratio immediately before the Distributions.
    
 
1998 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
   
    The Company has adopted the 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"). The
purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term growth and profitability of the
Company by providing employees with incentives to improve stockholder value and
contribute to the growth and financial success of the Company, and by enabling
the Company to attract, retain and reward highly motivated and qualified
employees. The maximum percentage of shares of Company Common Stock that may be
issued with respect to awards granted under the Plan is 30% of the outstanding
Company Common Stock following the Workflow Distribution. The maximum number of
shares that may be issued with respect to awards granted under the Plan to an
individual in a calendar year may not exceed 1,500,000 shares. The Plan is
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. All
employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as non-employee directors
of the Company, are eligible to receive awards under the Plan. The Plan
authorizes the Compensation Committee to make awards of stock options,
restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and other stock-based awards. The
Compensation Committee will determine the prices, vesting schedules, expiration
dates and other material conditions under which such awards may be exercised.
    
 
   
    As of June 10, 1998 Mr. Ledecky is receiving a stock option for Company
Common Stock from Workflow Management, pursuant to the Plan. The option is
intended to compensate Mr. Ledecky for his services to Workflow Management as an
employee. The option covers 7.5% of the outstanding Company Common Stock
determined as of the Distribution Date. The per share exercise price of the
option is equal to the closing price of the Company Common Stock on June 10,
1998 as reported on Nasdaq.
    
 
    Mr. Ledecky's option fully vests when granted but will not be exercisable
until the 12-month anniversary of the Distribution Date. Mr. Ledecky's option
from the Company will be exercisable immediately if Mr. Ledecky dies before the
option expires or, if and to the extent that, Workflow Management accelerates
the exercise schedule of options for substantially all Workflow Management
option holders. All unexercised portions of the option will expire ten years
after its date of grant or, if applicable, as of the date Mr. Ledecky violates
his non-competition agreement with Workflow Management.
 
   
    As of June 10, 1998, Thomas B. D'Agostino is also receiving an option (the
"D'Agostino Option") pursuant to the Plan for 7.5% of the outstanding Company
Common Stock as of the Distribution Date. The D'Agostino Option is on the same
terms as Mr. Ledecky's option, including an exercise price equal to
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
the closing price of the Company Common Stock on June 10, 1998 as reported on
Nasdaq. The estimated value of this option depends on its exercise price and the
trading volatility of Company Common Stock. Based on the closing price of the
Company Common Stock on June 10, 1998 as reported on Nasdaq of $9.00 per share
and an assumed trading volatility index of the Company Common Stock of 40%, the
estimated value of the option would be approximately $2.0 million, net of taxes
at an assumed 40% rate.
    
 
   
    In addition to Mr. Ledecky and Mr. D'Agostino, certain executive officers
and key employees of the Company are receiving option grants for a total of
905,000 shares of Company Common Stock, including option grants to Steven R.
Gibson and Claudia S. Amlie exercisable for 175,000 and 50,000 shares of Company
Common Stock, respectively, at the closing price of the Company Common Stock on
June 10, 1998 as reported on Nasdaq. Mr. Gibson's and Ms. Amlie's options will
vest in equal installments over three years from the date of grant.
    
 
OPTIONS GRANTED IN FISCAL YEAR 1998
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding options to
acquire U.S. Office Products Common Stock granted to the Named Officers during
the year ended April 25, 1998. All options were granted by U.S. Office Products
as options to acquire U.S. Office Products Common Stock and are being replaced
with options to acquire Company Common Stock in connection with the Workflow
Distribution. See "--Replacement of Outstanding U.S. Office Products Options."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                               VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                               ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                                                                 STOCK PRICE
                                                  PERCENT OF                                   APPRECIATION FOR
                                                 TOTAL OPTIONS                                  OPTION TERM(4)
                                    OPTIONS       GRANTED IN      EXERCISE    EXPIRATION   ------------------------
NAME                             GRANTED(1)(2)  FISCAL YEAR(3)    PRICE(2)       DATE          5%          10%
- -------------------------------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Thomas B. D'Agostino...........       45,000             5.9%     $   15.17       4/28/07  $  429,315  $  1,087,968
Timothy L. Tabor...............       15,000             2.0%     $   15.17       4/28/07  $  143,105  $    362,656
Michael B. Feldman.............       15,000             2.0%     $   15.17       4/28/07  $  143,105  $    362,656
                                      22,500             2.9%     $   21.13       9/17/07  $  298,992  $    757,705
</TABLE>
 
- ----------------------
 
(1) The options granted are non-qualified stock options, which are exercisable
    at the market price on the date of grant.
 
(2) The exercise price of U.S. Office Products Options will be adjusted by
    applying the following formula:
 
   
   Exercise Price (New) = Exercise Price (Old) X Closing Price of Company Common
Stock on June 10, 1998_____________
                                   Trading Price of U.S. Office Products Common
Stock Pre-Workflow Distribution
    
 
   The number of U.S. Office Products Options will be adjusted by applying the
    following formula:
 
   Option Shares (New) = Option Shares (Old) XTrading Price of U.S. Office
                                              Products Common Stock Pre-Workflow
                                              Distribution
   
                                              Closing Price of Company Common
                                              Stock on June 10, 1998
    
 
   
   For all optionees, the "Trading Price of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
    Pre-Workflow Distribution" will be the average closing price of U.S. Office
    Products Common Stock for the lesser of (a) ten business days preceding the
    Distribution or (b) the number of business days falling between the
    expiration of the Tender Offer and the completion of the Distributions. The
    exercise price and number of options will be adjusted solely for the
    Distributions and not for other events, such as the Tender Offer. The
    foregoing formula adjustments are intended to preserve for the holders of
    U.S. Office Products Options the intrinsic value per option, measured as the
    difference between the market value of one share of U.S. Office Products
    Common Stock at the time of the Workflow Distribution and the exercise price
    of such option. The intrinsic value of the adjusted Workflow Options will be
    no greater than the intrinsic value of the U.S. Office Products Options
    before the Distributions and the ratio of exercise price to market price
    will be not less than the ratio before the Distributions. The formulae will
    not affect when the options vest or when employees can exercise the options.
    
 
(3) Total options granted means all options granted to employees of Workflow
    Management.
 
(4) The dollar amounts under these columns are the results of calculations at
    assumed annual rates of stock appreciation of 5% and 10%. These assumed
    rates of growth were selected by the SEC for illustration purposes only.
    They are not intended to forecast possible future appreciation, if any, of
    stock prices. No gain to the optionees is possible without an increase in
    stock prices, which will benefit all stockholders.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 25, 1998 AND FISCAL
  YEAR-END 1998 OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding option
exercises and unexercised options held by the Named Officers at April 25, 1998.
As described above, all options were granted by U.S. Office Products as options
to acquire U.S. Office Products Common Stock and are being replaced with options
to acquire shares of Company Common Stock in connection with the Workflow
Distribution. See "-- Replacement of Outstanding U.S. Office Products Options."
 
        AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 25, 1998
                     AND FISCAL YEAR-END 1998 OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                             NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED       IN-THE- MONEY OPTIONS
                                                           OPTIONS HELD AT APRIL 25,       AT FISCAL YEAR END
                                                                   1998(1)(4)                 ($)(1)(2)(3)
                             SHARES ACQUIRED     VALUE     --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                         ON EXERCISE (#)  REALIZED($)  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ---------------------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                          <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Thomas B. D'Agostino.......        --             --           --            45,000        --             76,725
Timothy L. Tabor...........        48,522        486,601       --            15,000        --        $    25,575
Michael B. Feldman.........        --             --           36,391        37,500     $ 224,714    $    25,575
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
 
(1) The exercise price of U.S. Office Products Options will be adjusted by
    applying the following formula:
 
   
   Exercise Price (New) = Exercise Price (Old) X Closing Price of Company Common
                                                 Stock on June 10,
                                                 1998_____________
    
                                                 Trading Price of U.S. Office
                                                 Products Common Stock
                                                 Pre-Workflow Distribution
 
   The number of U.S. Office Products Options will be adjusted by applying the
    following formula:
 
   Option Shares (New) = Option Shares (Old) XTrading Price of U.S. Office
                                              Products Common Stock Pre-Workflow
                                              Distribution
   
                                              Closing Price of Company Common
                                              Stock on June 10, 1998
    
 
   
   For all optionees, the "Trading Price of U.S. Office Products Common Stock
    Pre-Workflow Distribution" will be the average closing price of U.S. Office
    Products Common Stock for the lesser of (a) ten business days preceding the
    Distributions, or (b) the number of business days falling between the
    expiration of the Tender Offer and the completion of the Distributions. The
    exercise price and number of options will be adjusted solely for the
    Distributions and not for other events, such as the Tender Offer. The
    foregoing formula adjustments are intended to preserve for the holders of
    U.S. Office Products Options the intrinsic value per option, measured as the
    difference between the market value of one share of U.S. Office Products
    Common Stock at the time of the Workflow Distribution and the exercise price
    of such option. The intrinsic value of the adjusted Workflow Options will be
    no greater than the intrinsic value of the U.S. Office Products Options
    before the Distributions and the ratio of exercise price to market price
    will be not less than the ratio before the Distributions. The formulae will
    not affect when the options vest or when employees can exercise the options.
    
 
(2) Options are "in-the-money" if the closing market price of U.S. Office
    Products Common Stock exceeds the exercise price of the options.
 
(3) The value of unexercised options represents the difference between the
    exercise price of such options and $16.875, the closing market price of U.S.
    Office Products Common Stock at April 24, 1998.
 
(4) 25% of these options became exercisable on April 28, 1998.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    On January 24, 1997, in separate, related transactions, U.S. Office Products
acquired SFI and Hano from Thomas B. D'Agostino, the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Workflow Management, and other stockholders, including
Thomas B. D'Agostino, Jr., Mr. D'Agostino's son, for a total of 3,628,500 shares
of U.S. Office Products Common Stock valued at $18.00 per share. The
transactions were effected through mergers which were accounted for as pooling
of interests. At the time of the acquisitions, Mr. D'Agostino owned 98% of the
issued and outstanding securities of SFI, and 75% of the issued and outstanding
securities of Hano, and received 3,387,699 shares of U.S. Office Products Common
Stock in consideration for these transactions. Thomas B. D'Agostino, Jr.
received 73,144 shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock in consideration for
these transactions. In connection with the transaction, SFI entered into a
four-year employment agreement with Mr. D'Agostino which provided for an annual
salary of $400,000 and a one-year employment agreement with Timothy L. Tabor, a
Director of the Company, which provided an annual salary of $260,000. See
"Management of Workflow Management--Employment Contracts and Related Matters."
These transactions were the subject of arm's-length negotiations with U.S.
Office Products.
 
    The Company has from time to time retained the law firm of Kaufman & Canoles
in connection with certain legal representations. Gus J. James, II, a Director
of the Company, is the President, a director and a shareholder of Kaufman &
Canoles.
 
    Prior to December 1996, SFI leased warehouse space from a partnership in
which Mr. D'Agostino had a 50% interest. The total payments by SFI under this
lease were $81,000 in each of calendar years 1995 and 1996. This lease was
terminated in December 1996. The Company believes that the terms of this
transaction were subject to terms no less favorable than an arm's-length
transaction.
 
    Prior to or after the Workflow Distribution, the Company expects to enter
into a lease with an entity owned or controlled by Mr. D'Agostino for office
space in Norfolk, Virginia. The terms of any such lease have not yet been
determined. The Company anticipates that lease payments will be based on the
market value of the office space and will be comparable to rents that would be
charged to parties not affiliated with Mr. D'Agostino. The Company believes that
the terms of this transaction are as favorable as could be negotiated with third
parties.
 
    SFI loaned Mr. D'Agostino $453,000 in 1995 and $382,000 in 1996. Interest
was accrued on amounts outstanding at prime plus 1%. All of Mr. D'Agostino's
outstanding indebtedness to SFI was offset against dividend distributions to Mr.
D'Agostino. The Company believes that the terms of this transaction are as
favorable as could be negotiated with third parties.
 
    Workflow Management is granting a license of the Imagenet technology to U.S.
Office Products effective the Distribution Date. Workflow Management will retain
ownership of Imagenet, but U.S. Office Products will receive a perpetual,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the technology and the source
code to develop derivative applications; provided, however, that for 30 months
U.S. Office Products will not use the Imagenet technology or any derivative
application to offer its customers the kind of print and forms services that
Workflow Management offers its customers, including print-on-demand and print
management. U.S. Office Products has agreed to refer customers seeking such
services to the Company during the restricted period. The license fee payable
with respect to the license will be a one time fee of $5,000. The Company
believes that the terms of the license are commercially reasonable as between
the Company and U.S. Office Products.
 
    For a discussion of matters related to the spin-off of the Company from U.S.
Office Products, see "The Spin-Offs From U.S. Office Products."
 
    For a discussion of transactions between the Company and Mr. Ledecky, see
"Management of Workflow Management--Ledecky Services Agreement."
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                 PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS OF WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT
 
   
    The following table sets forth the number and percentage of outstanding
shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock beneficially owned as of May 15,
1998, and as adjusted to reflect the Workflow Distribution, by (i) all persons
known by Workflow Management to own beneficially more than 5% of U.S. Office
Products Common Stock, (ii) each director and each Named Officer who is a
stockholder, and (iii) all directors and executive officers as a group. All
persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to their
shares of U.S. Office Products Common Stock unless otherwise indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        NUMBER OF
                                                                                        SHARES OF
                                                     NUMBER OF                           WORKFLOW     PERCENT OF SHARES
                                                   SHARES OF U.S.   PERCENT OF U.S.     MANAGEMENT       OF WORKFLOW
                                                       OFFICE       OFFICE PRODUCTS   COMMON STOCK,   MANAGEMENT COMMON
                                                      PRODUCTS       COMMON STOCK      AS ADJUSTED        STOCK, AS
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                COMMON STOCK   PRIOR TO OFFERING       (1)          ADJUSTED (1)
- -------------------------------------------------  --------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>                <C>             <C>
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Thomas B. D'Agostino (7).........................        500,183(2)             *            65,191               *
  301 Australian Ave.
  Palm Beach, FL 33480
Thomas A. Brown, Sr..............................              0               0%                 0               0%
  165 Flanders Road
  Bethlehem, CT 06751
Jonathan J. Ledecky (7)..........................      2,428,125(3)           1.8           323,750             2.2
  240 Royal Palm Way
  Palm Beach, Florida 33480
Gus J. James, II.................................              0               0                  0               0
  One Commercial Place
  Norfolk, VA 23514
Timothy L. Tabor (7).............................          3,750(4)             *                 0               0
  276 Park Avenue South,
  New York, NY 10010
Michael B. Feldman (7)...........................         40,141(5)             *                 0               0
  3701 E. Virginia Beach Blvd.,
  Norfolk, VA 23502
F. Craig Wilson..................................              0               0                  0               0
  4841 Tramway Ridge Drive N.E.
  Albuquerque, NM 87111
All current executive officers and directors as a
  group (six persons)(7).........................      2,972,199             2.2            388,941             2.7
 
5% STOCKHOLDERS
FMR Corp.(6).....................................     15,754,406            11.7          2,100,587            14.4
  Devonshire Street
  Boston, MA 02109
Massachusetts Financial Services(6)..............      8,262,886             6.1          1,101,718             7.5
  500 Boylston Street
  Boston, MA 02116
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1) The "Number of Shares of Workflow Management Common Stock, as Adjusted" and
    "Percent of Shares of Workflow Management Common Stock, as Adjusted" reflect
    the results of the Tender Offer (assuming each person tendered all their
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
   
    shares and all their shares underlying options in the Tender Offer) and the
    application of the Distribution Ratio and assumes no options are exercisable
    within 60 days.
    
 
(2) Includes 11,250 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of U.S. Office
    Products Options exercisable within 60 days following the Workflow
    Distribution. Excludes Mr. D'Agostino's option for 7.5% of the Company
    Common Stock that the Company expects to grant under the 1998 Stock
    Incentive Plan, which will not be exercisable until the 12-month anniversary
    of the Workflow Distribution. See "Management of Workflow Management--1998
    Stock Incentive Plan."
 
(3) Excludes options for U.S. Office Products Common Stock that will not be
    converted into options for Company Common Stock at the time of the Workflow
    Distribution. Also excludes Mr. Ledecky's option for up to 7.5% of the
    Company Common Stock that will be granted under the Company's 1998 Stock
    Incentive Plan, which will not be exercisable until the 12-month anniversary
    of the Workflow Distribution. See "Management of Workflow
    Management--Ledecky Services Agreement."
 
(4) Includes 3,750 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of U.S. Office
    Products Options exercisable within 60 days following the Workflow
    Distribution.
 
(5) Includes 40,141 shares which may be acquired upon exercise of U.S. Office
    Products Options exercisable within 60 days following the Workflow
    Distribution.
 
(6) Based upon a Schedule 13G for U.S. Office Products filed with the SEC.
 
(7) In respect of U.S. Office Products Options, the option exercise price will
    be adjusted by applying the following formula:
 
   
   Exercise Price (New) = Exercise Price (Old) X Closing Price of Company Common
                                                 Stock on June 10,
                                                 1998_____________
    
                                                 Trading Price of U.S. Office
                                                 Product's Common Stock
                                                 Pre-Workflow Distribution
 
   In respect of U.S. Office Products Options, the number of options will be
    adjusted by applying the following formula:
 
   Option Shares (New) = Option Shares (Old) XTrading Price of U.S. Office
                                              Product's Common Stock
                                              Pre-Workflow Distribution
   
                                              Closing Price of Company Common
                                              Stock on June 10, 1998
    
 
   
   For all optionees, the "Trading Price of U.S. Office Product's Common Stock
    Pre-Workflow Distribution" will be the average closing price of U.S. Office
    Products Common Stock for the lesser of (a) ten business days preceding the
    Distributions, or (b) the number of business days falling between the
    expiration of the Tender Offer and the completion of the Distributions. The
    exercise price and number of options will be adjusted solely for the
    Distributions and not for other events, such as the Tender Offer. The
    foregoing formula adjustments are intended to preserve for the holders of
    U.S. Office Products Options the intrinsic value per option, measured as the
    difference between the market value of one share of U.S. Office Products
    Common Stock at the time of the Workflow Distribution and the exercise price
    of such option. The intrinsic value of the adjusted Workflow Options will be
    no greater than the intrinsic value of the U.S. Office Products Options
    before the Distributions, and the ratio of exercise price to market rice
    will be not less than the ratio before the Distributions. The formulae will
    not affect when the options vest or when employees can exercise the options.
    
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
                DESCRIPTION OF WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
   
    At the time of the Workflow Distribution, the Company's authorized capital
stock will consist of 150,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock and 1,000,000
shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Preferred Stock").
Upon completion of the Workflow Distribution, the Company will have outstanding
approximately 14,625,268 shares of Company Common Stock and no shares of
Preferred Stock. Set forth below is a description of Workflow Management's
capital stock.
    
 
COMPANY COMMON STOCK
 
    The holders of Company Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share
on all matters voted upon by stockholders, including the election of directors.
Subject to the rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the
holders of the Company Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be
declared in the discretion of the Company Board out of funds legally available
therefor. See "Dividend Policy." The holders of Company Common Stock are
entitled to share ratably in the net assets of the Company upon liquidation
after payment or provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation
rights of any Preferred Stock then outstanding. The holders of Company Common
Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase any other securities of the Company.
Shares of Company Common Stock are not subject to any redemption provisions and
are not convertible into any other securities of the Company. All of the shares
of Company Common Stock to be distributed pursuant to the Workflow Distribution
will be fully paid and nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Company's Board
as shares of one or more classes or series. Subject to the provisions of the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, the
Company Board is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the shares,
to fix the number of shares and to change the number of shares constituting any
series, and to provide for or change the voting powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights,
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights
(including whether dividends are cumulative), dividend rates, terms of
redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, conversion
rights and liquidation preferences of the shares constituting any class or
series of the Preferred Stock, in each case without any further action or vote
by the stockholders. The Company has no current plans to issue any shares of
Preferred Stock of any class or series.
 
    One of the effects of undesignated Preferred Stock may be to enable the
Company's Board to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain
control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest, merger or
otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Company's management.
The issuance of shares of the Preferred Stock pursuant to the authority of the
Company's Board described above may adversely affect the rights of the holders
of Company Common Stock. For example, Preferred Stock issued by the Company may
rank prior to the Company Common Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation
preference or both, may have full or limited voting rights and may be
convertible into shares of Company Common Stock. Accordingly, the issuance of
shares of Preferred Stock may discourage bids for the Company Common Stock or
may otherwise adversely affect the market price of the Company Common Stock.
 
STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION
 
    The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law ("Section 203"). Section 203 provides, with certain
exceptions, that a Delaware corporation may not engage in any of a broad range
of business combinations with a person or an affiliate, or associate of such
person, who is an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years from the
date that such person
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
became an interested stockholder unless: (i) the transaction resulting in a
person becoming an interested stockholder, or the business combination, is
approved by the board of directors of the corporation before the person becomes
an interested stockholder; (ii) the interested stockholder acquired 85% or more
of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation in the same transaction that
makes such person an interested stockholder (excluding shares owned by persons
who are both officers and directors of the corporation, and shares held by
certain employee stock ownership plans); or (iii) on or after the date the
person becomes an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved
by the corporation's board of directors and by the holders of at least 66 2/3%
of the corporation's outstanding voting stock at an annual or special meeting,
excluding shares owned by the interested stockholder. Under Section 203, an
"interested stockholder" is defined as any person who is: (i) the owner of 15%
or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation; or (ii) an affiliate
or associate of the corporation if such affiliate or associate was the owner of
15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time
within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought
to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder. Under the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors is required to approve an interested stockholder transaction.
 
    A corporation may, at its option, exclude itself from the coverage of
Section 203 by amending its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, by action of
its stockholders, to exempt itself from coverage, provided that such bylaws or
certificate of incorporation amendment shall not become effective until 12
months after the date it is adopted. The Company has not adopted such an
amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws.
 
LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and under Delaware law,
directors of Workflow Management are not liable to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty, except for
liability in connection with a breach of duty of loyalty, for acts or omissions
not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation
of law, for dividend payments or stock repurchases that are illegal under
Delaware law or any transaction in which a director has derived an improper
personal benefit. The Company's By-laws provide that the Company will, to the
fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, indemnify its officers and
directors against any damages arising out of their actions as officers or
directors of the Company.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Company Common Stock will be
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of Workflow Management as of April 30,
1996 and April 26, 1997, and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995, the
four months ended April 30, 1996 and the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
included in this Information Statement/Prospectus, except as they relate to
Workflow Management, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1994; Hano Document
Printers, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and for the year then ended; and United
Envelope Co., Inc. and its affiliate, Rex Envelope Co., Inc. as of December 31,
1994 and 1995 and for the years then ended, have been audited by Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, and insofar as they relate to Workflow
Management, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1994 by KPMG Peat Marwick; Hano
Document Printers, Inc., by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP; and United Envelope Co., Inc.
and Huxley Envelope Corp. by Hertz, Herson & Company LLP, independent
accountants, whose reports dated February 17, 1998, August 28, 1996 and March 6,
1996, respectively, thereon appear herein. Such financial statements have been
so included in reliance on the reports of such independent accountants given on
the authority of such firms as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
    The financial statements of Astrid Offset Corp. as of July 31, 1997 and for
the year then ended included in this Information Statement/Prospectus have been
so included in reliance on the February 6, 1997 report of Price Waterhouse LLP,
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in
auditing and accounting.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of shares of Company Common Stock and certain tax matters
relating to the Distributions will be passed upon on behalf of Workflow
Management and U.S. Office Products by Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering, Washington,
D.C.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC. HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                                                                         Page
                                                                                          ---
  Report of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants                                    F-2
<S>                                                                                    <C>
  Report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Auditors                                      F-3
  Report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Auditors                                      F-4
  Report of Hertz, Herson & Company, LLP, Independent Auditors                               F-5
  Report of Hertz, Herson & Company, LLP, Independent Auditors                               F-6
  Consolidated Balance Sheet as of April 30, 1996, April 26, 1997 and January 24,
    1998 (unaudited)                                                                         F-7
  Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995,
    the four months ended April 30, 1996, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and
    the nine months ended January 25, 1997 (unaudited) and January 24, 1998
    (unaudited)                                                                              F-8
  Consolidated Statement of Stockholder's Equity for the years ended December 31,
    1994 and 1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996, the fiscal year ended April
    26, 1997 and the nine months ended January 24, 1998 (unaudited)                          F-9
  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
    1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
    and the nine months ended January 25, 1997 (unaudited) and January 24, 1998
    (unaudited)                                                                             F-10
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                F-12
 
ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
  Report of Price Waterhouse LLP, Independent Accountants                                   F-28
  Balance Sheet as of July 31, 1997 and October 31, 1997 (unaudited)                        F-29
  Statement of Income for the year ended July 31, 1997 and the three months ended
    October 31, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997 (unaudited)                                       F-30
  Statement of Stockholder's Equity for the year ended July 31, 1997 and the three
    months ended October 31, 1997 (unaudited)                                               F-31
  Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended July 31, 1997 and the three months ended
    October 31, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997 (unaudited)                                       F-32
  Notes to Financial Statements                                                             F-33
 
WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC. PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Introduction to Pro Forma Financial Information                                           F-37
  Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet as of January 24, 1998 (unaudited)                       F-38
  Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income for the nine months ended January 24, 1998
    (unaudited)                                                                             F-39
  Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income for the nine months ended January 25, 1997
    (unaudited)                                                                             F-40
  Pro Forma Combined Statement of Income for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997
    (unaudited)                                                                             F-41
  Notes to Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements                                          F-42
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
  of Workflow Management, Inc.:
 
    In our opinion, based upon our audits and the reports of other auditors, the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements
of income, of stockholder's equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Workflow Management, Inc. (the
"Company") and its subsidiaries at April 30, 1996 and April 26, 1997, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996 and the fiscal year
ended April 26, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of
Hano Document Printers, Inc. ("Hano"), United Envelope Co., Inc. and its
affiliate, Rex Envelope Co. Inc. ("United") and Huxley Envelope Corporation
("Huxley"), wholly-owned subsidiaries, which statements reflect total revenues
for the year ended December 31, 1995 of $31,299,000, $81,917,000 and
$18,868,000, respectively. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose
reports thereon have been furnished to us, and our opinion expressed herein,
insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Hano, United and Huxley, is
based solely on the reports of the other auditors. We conducted our audits of
these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of
other auditors provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 10, 1998, except for Note 1
and the last paragraph of Note 3,
which are as of May 14, 1998
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
  Workflow Management, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income,
stockholder's equity and cash flows of Workflow Management, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 1994. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial statements based on our audit. We did not audit the financial
statements of United Envelope Co., Inc. and its affiliates, Rex Envelope Co.,
Inc. ("United"), and Huxley Envelope Corporation ("Huxley"), wholly owned
subsidiaries, which statements reflect total revenues constituting 46.3 percent
of the consolidated total for the year ended December 31, 1994. Those statements
were audited by other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us, and our
opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for United and Huxley, is
based solely on the reports of the other auditors.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit and the reports of the other auditors provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, based on our audit and the reports of the other auditors,
the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Workflow
Management, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1994 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
Norfolk, Virginia
February 17, 1998
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
  of Hano Document Printers, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the balance sheet of Hano Document Printers, Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and the related statements of income, stockholders' equity and
cash flows for the year then ended, which are not included herein. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit.
 
    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Hano Document Printers, Inc.
as of December 31, 1995 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the year then ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
Norfolk, Virginia
August 28, 1996
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Shareholders of
  United Envelope Co., Inc.
 
    We have audited the combined balance sheets of United Envelope Co., Inc. and
its affiliate, Rex Envelope Co., Inc., as at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
related combined statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows for
the years then ended (not presented separately herein). These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    As referred to in Note A on "Principles of Combination," the companies,
whose financial statements are combined, are related through common ownership
and control. In addition, each has pledged certain assets and guaranteed
long-term indebtedness of the other as described in the notes to financial
statements. In view of their close operating and financial relationship, the
preparation of combined financial statements was considered appropriate. The
combined statements, however, do not refer to a legal entity and neither of the
companies guarantees trade obligations of the other.
 
    In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of United
Envelope Co., Inc. and its affiliate as at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
HERTZ, HERSON & COMPANY, LLP
 
New York, New York
March 6, 1996
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To the Shareholders of
  Huxley Envelope Corporation
  Industrial Park Blvd.
  Mt. Pocono Industrial Park
  Mt. Pocono, PA 18344
 
    We have audited the balance sheets of Huxley Envelope Corporation as at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the related statements of income and retained
earnings (accumulated deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended (not
presented separately herein). These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Huxley Envelope Corporation
as at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
HERTZ, HERSON & COMPANY LLP
 
New York, New York
March 4, 1996
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              APRIL 30,   APRIL 26,   JANUARY 24,
                                                                                 1996        1997        1998
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                     ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................................  $    1,324  $    2,168   $     248
  Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,993,
    $1,831 and $2,828, respectively.........................................      50,942      50,917      54,121
  Inventories...............................................................      23,815      26,990      29,330
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................................       3,314       3,402       1,875
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
      Total current assets..................................................      79,395      83,477      85,574
 
Property and equipment, net.................................................      31,647      33,119      31,064
Notes receivable from employees.............................................                   3,461       3,643
Intangible assets, net......................................................         879         913       2,203
Other assets................................................................       6,028       4,138       4,621
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
      Total assets..........................................................  $  117,949  $  125,108   $ 127,105
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
 
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
Current liabilities:
  Short-term debt...........................................................  $   23,515  $    3,681   $   4,939
  Short-term payable to U.S. Office Products................................                  23,622      17,658
  Accounts payable..........................................................      22,163      27,031      23,749
  Accrued compensation......................................................       4,752       4,173       4,004
  Other accrued liabilities.................................................       5,587       8,060       9,854
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
      Total current liabilities.............................................      56,017      66,567      60,204
 
Long-term debt..............................................................      28,108       6,034       5,498
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products...................................                     561       1,905
Deferred income taxes.......................................................       4,704       4,045       3,507
Other long-term liabilities.................................................                     121          12
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
      Total liabilities.....................................................      88,829      77,328      71,126
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
Stockholder's equity:
  Divisional equity.........................................................      11,790      45,614      47,726
  Cumulative translation adjustment.........................................         352          97      (1,365)
  Retained earnings.........................................................      16,978       2,069       9,618
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
      Total stockholder's equity............................................      29,120      47,780      55,979
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
      Total liabilities and stockholder's equity............................  $  117,949  $  125,108   $ 127,105
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                                              ----------  ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    FOR THE
                                               FOR THE            FOR THE FOUR      FISCAL            FOR THE NINE
                                              YEAR ENDED          MONTHS ENDED    YEAR ENDED          MONTHS ENDED
                                      --------------------------  -------------  -------------  ------------------------
                                      DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 30,      APRIL 26,    JANUARY 25,  JANUARY 24,
                                          1994          1995          1996           1997          1997         1998
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
Revenues............................   $  154,193    $  309,426     $ 114,099     $   327,381    $ 239,751    $ 257,777
Cost of revenues....................      114,885       234,959        82,998         236,340      172,869      190,482
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Gross profit..................       39,308        74,467        31,101          91,041       66,882       67,295
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses..........................       32,020        62,012        22,485          70,949       51,735       53,083
Non-recurring acquisition costs.....                                                    5,006        2,902
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Operating income..............        7,288        12,455         8,616          15,086       12,245       14,212
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense..................        2,048         5,370         1,676           4,561        3,910        1,665
  Interest income...................                                      (18)            (25)         (21)          (9)
  Other.............................          186            62          (151)            632          610         (205)
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Income before provision for (benefit
  from) income taxes and
  extraordinary items...............        5,054         7,023         7,109           9,918        7,746       12,761
Provision for (benefit from) income
  taxes.............................          379           (33)        1,351           3,690        2,249        5,212
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Income before extraordinary items...        4,675         7,056         5,758           6,228        5,497        7,549
Extraordinary items--losses on early
  terminations of credit facilities,
  net of income taxes...............                        700                           798
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Net income..........................   $    4,675    $    6,356     $   5,758     $     5,430    $   5,497    $   7,549
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average shares outstanding:
    Basic...........................        6,075         7,875        10,333          12,003       11,464       15,301
    Diluted.........................        6,094         8,003        10,547          12,235       11,710       15,625
 
Per share amounts:
    Basic:
      Income before extraordinary
        items.......................   $     0.77    $     0.90     $    0.56     $      0.52    $    0.48    $    0.49
      Extraordinary items...........                       0.09                          0.07
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Net income....................   $     0.77    $     0.81     $    0.56     $      0.45    $    0.48    $    0.49
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Diluted:
      Income from before
        extraordinary items.........   $     0.77    $     0.88     $    0.55     $      0.51    $    0.47    $    0.48
      Extraordinary items...........                       0.09                          0.07
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
      Net income....................   $     0.77    $     0.79     $    0.55     $      0.44    $    0.47    $    0.48
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                      ------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Unaudited pro forma net income
  before extraordinary items (see
  Note 8)...........................                                              $     3,788    $   3,344    $   7,549
                                                                                 -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                 -------------  -----------  -----------
Unaudited pro forma income per share
  before extraordinary items:
    Basic...........................                                              $      0.32    $    0.29    $    0.49
                                                                                 -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                 -------------  -----------  -----------
    Diluted.........................                                              $      0.31    $    0.29    $    0.48
                                                                                 -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                 -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              CUMULATIVE                    TOTAL
                                                                 DIVISIONAL   TRANSLATION   RETAINED    STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                                   EQUITY     ADJUSTMENT    EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993...................................   $   4,239    $            $   7,436     $  11,675
  Cash dividends at Pooled Companies...........................                                (3,461)       (3,461)
  Net income...................................................                                 4,675         4,675
                                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
 
Balance at December 31, 1994...................................       4,239                     8,650        12,889
  Transactions of Pooled Companies:
    Issuance of Pooled Company common stock in conjunction with
      acquisition..............................................       7,451                                   7,451
    Capital contributions......................................         100                                     100
    Cash dividends.............................................                                (2,465)       (2,465)
  Cumulative translation adjustment............................                      388                        388
  Net income...................................................                                 6,356         6,356
                                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
 
Balance at December 31, 1995...................................      11,790          388       12,541        24,719
  Cash dividends at Pooled Companies...........................                                (1,321)       (1,321)
  Cumulative translation adjustment............................                      (36)                       (36)
  Net income...................................................                                 5,758         5,758
                                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
 
Balance at April 30, 1996......................................      11,790          352       16,978        29,120
  Transactions of Pooled Companies:
    Retirement of common stock.................................        (477)                                   (477)
    Cash dividends.............................................                                (6,102)       (6,102)
    Undistributed earnings of subchapter S corporations........      14,237                   (14,237)
  Cumulative translation adjustment............................                     (255)                      (255)
  Capital contribution by U.S. Office Products.................      20,064                                  20,064
  Net income...................................................                                 5,430         5,430
                                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
 
Balance at April 26, 1997......................................      45,614           97        2,069        47,780
 
Unaudited data:
  Issuance of U.S. Office Products Company common stock in
    conjunction with acquisition...............................       2,112                                   2,112
  Cumulative translation adjustment............................                   (1,462)                    (1,462)
  Net income...................................................                                 7,549         7,549
                                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
 
Balance at January 24, 1998 (unaudited)........................   $  47,726    $  (1,365)   $   9,618     $  55,979
                                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
                                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    FOR THE
                                                                                                      FOR THE        NINE
                                                                                    FOR THE FOUR      FISCAL        MONTHS
                                                           FOR THE YEAR ENDED       MONTHS ENDED    YEAR ENDED       ENDED
                                                       ---------------------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
                                                       DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    APRIL 30,      APRIL 26,    JANUARY 25,
                                                           1994           1995          1996           1997          1997
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
                                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income.........................................    $   4,675     $    6,356     $   5,758     $     5,430    $   5,497
  Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization expense............        1,921          5,890         3,583           6,469        5,480
    Non-recurring acquisition costs..................                                                     5,006        2,902
    Deferred income taxes............................                                                      (660)        (956)
    Extraordinary loss...............................                         700                           798
    Other............................................           92            122
    Changes in current assets and liabilities (net of
      assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
      business combinations accounted for under the
      purchase method):
      Accounts receivable............................       (4,607)        (7,039)        3,098              25          (91)
      Inventory......................................          370          1,884           302          (3,175)        (737)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets......         (720)          (284)         (354)            249          234
      Accounts payable...............................        4,140          1,541          (339)          4,643        4,345
      Accrued liabilities............................          202          1,942          (930)            894        2,842
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
        Net cash provided by operating activities....        6,073         11,112        11,118          19,679       19,516
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Cash paid in acquisitions, net of cash received....                     (37,859)
  Payments of non-recurring acquisition costs........                                                    (4,100)        (397)
  Additions to property and equipment................       (1,716)        (5,944)       (4,505)         (9,450)      (7,416)
  Cash received on the sale of property and
    equipment........................................        2,033            269            82           2,199        1,324
  Other..............................................         (440)         1,147                        (2,739)      (1,186)
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
        Net cash used in investing activities........         (123)       (42,387)       (4,423)        (14,090)      (7,675)
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt...........        1,269         65,218            82           1,178          951
  Payments of long-term debt.........................       (4,194)        (4,710)                      (23,135)     (16,003)
  Proceeds from (payments of) short-term debt, net...         (134)       (24,684)       (5,844)        (19,414)      (7,353)
  Payment to terminate credit facility...............                        (579)                         (974)
  Payments of dividends at Pooled Companies..........       (2,266)        (3,909)       (1,321)         (6,141)      (4,630)
  Retirement of common stock.........................                                                      (477)
  Capital contributed by stockholders of Pooled
    Company..........................................                         100
  Advances from (to) U.S. Office Products............                                                    24,183
  Capital contributed by U.S. Office Products........                                                    20,064       16,449
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing
          activities.................................       (5,325)        31,436        (7,083)         (4,716)     (10,586)
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash
  equivalents........................................                         388                           (29)          (3)
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents........................................          625            549          (388)            844        1,252
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.....          538          1,163         1,712           1,324        1,324
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period...........    $   1,163     $    1,712     $   1,324     $     2,168    $   2,576
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
                                                       -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------  -----------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Interest paid......................................    $   2,349     $    2,703     $     794     $     2,063    $     616
  Income taxes paid..................................    $     437     $      560     $     674     $     3,390    $   1,211
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                       JANUARY 24,
                                                          1998
                                                       -----------
<S>                                                    <C>
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income.........................................   $   7,549
  Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash
    provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization expense............       4,803
    Non-recurring acquisition costs..................
    Deferred income taxes............................
    Extraordinary loss...............................
    Other............................................
    Changes in current assets and liabilities (net of
      assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
      business combinations accounted for under the
      purchase method):
      Accounts receivable............................      (2,863)
      Inventory......................................      (2,830)
      Prepaid expenses and other current assets......         703
      Accounts payable...............................      (3,875)
      Accrued liabilities............................       2,517
                                                       -----------
        Net cash provided by operating activities....       6,004
                                                       -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Cash paid in acquisitions, net of cash received....         114
  Payments of non-recurring acquisition costs........        (906)
  Additions to property and equipment................      (3,383)
  Cash received on the sale of property and
    equipment........................................         141
  Other..............................................
                                                       -----------
        Net cash used in investing activities........      (4,034)
                                                       -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt...........       1,771
  Payments of long-term debt.........................      (2,307)
  Proceeds from (payments of) short-term debt, net...       1,257
  Payment to terminate credit facility...............
  Payments of dividends at Pooled Companies..........
  Retirement of common stock.........................
  Capital contributed by stockholders of Pooled
    Company..........................................
  Advances from (to) U.S. Office Products............      (4,620)
  Capital contributed by U.S. Office Products........
                                                       -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing
          activities.................................      (3,899)
                                                       -----------
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash
  equivalents........................................           9
                                                       -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents........................................      (1,920)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.....       2,168
                                                       -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period...........   $     248
                                                       -----------
                                                       -----------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Interest paid......................................   $     535
  Income taxes paid..................................   $   3,468
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
    The Company issued common stock and cash in connection with certain business
combinations accounted for under the purchase method in the year ended December
31, 1995 and for the nine months ended January 24, 1998. The fair values of the
assets and liabilities of the acquired companies at the dates of the
acquisitions are presented as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED
                                                                                         ------------
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                             1995
                                                                                         ------------   FOR THE NINE
                                                                                                        MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                       ---------------
                                                                                                         JANUARY 24,
                                                                                                            1998
                                                                                                       ---------------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                      <C>           <C>
Accounts receivable....................................................................   $   19,106      $   1,109
Inventories............................................................................       17,436             41
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..............................................          578             26
Property and equipment.................................................................       21,466             84
Intangible assets......................................................................                       1,445
Other assets...........................................................................        4,499
Accounts payable.......................................................................       (9,651)          (332)
Accrued liabilities....................................................................       (3,700)          (365)
Long-term debt.........................................................................                         (10)
Other long-term liabilities and minority interest......................................       (4,424)
                                                                                         ------------        ------
      Net assets acquired..............................................................   $   45,310      $   1,998
                                                                                         ------------        ------
                                                                                         ------------        ------
The acquisitions were funded as follows:
Common stock...........................................................................   $    7,451      $   2,112
Cash paid, net of cash received........................................................       37,859           (114)
                                                                                         ------------        ------
    Total..............................................................................   $   45,310      $   1,998
                                                                                         ------------        ------
                                                                                         ------------        ------
</TABLE>
 
Noncash transactions:
 
    During the year ended December 31, 1995 and the four months ended April 30,
1996, the Company forgave receivables from an employee of $509 and $382,
respectively.
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 1--BACKGROUND
 
   
    Workflow Management, Inc. (the "Company") is a Delaware corporation which is
a wholly-owned subsidiary of U.S. Office Products Company ("U.S. Office
Products"). On January 13, 1998, U.S. Office Products announced its intention to
spin-off its Print Management Division as an independent publicly owned company.
This transaction is expected to be effected through the distribution of shares
of the Company to U.S. Office Products shareholders effective on or about June
9, 1998 (the "Distribution"). Prior to the Distribution, U.S. Office Products
plans to contribute its equity interests in certain wholly-owned subsidiaries
associated with U.S. Office Products' Print Management Division to the Company.
U.S. Office Products and the Company will enter into a number of agreements to
facilitate the Distribution and the transition of the Company to an independent
business enterprise.
    
 
    The Print Management Division was created by U.S. Office Products in January
1997 and completed seven business combinations accounted for under the
pooling-of-interests method during the period from January 1997 to April 1997
(the "Pooled Companies"). As a result of these business combinations being
accounted for under the pooling-of-interests method, the results of the Company
prior to the completion of such business combinations represent the combined
results of the Pooled Companies operating as separate autonomous entities.
 
NOTE 2--BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements reflect the assets, liabilities,
divisional equity, revenues and expenses that were directly related to the
Company as it was operated within U.S. Office Products. In cases involving
assets and liabilities not specifically identifiable to any particular business
of U.S. Office Products, only those assets and liabilities expected to be
transferred to the Company prior to the Distribution were included in the
Company's separate consolidated balance sheet. With the exception of interest
expense, the Company's statement of income includes all of the related costs of
doing business including an allocation of certain general corporate expenses of
U.S. Office Products which were not directly related to these businesses
including certain corporate executives' salaries, accounting and legal fees,
departmental costs for accounting, finance, legal, purchasing, marketing, human
resources as well as other general overhead costs. These allocations were based
on a variety of factors, dependent upon the nature of the costs being allocated,
including revenues, number and size of acquisitions and number of employees.
Management believes these allocations were made on a reasonable basis.
 
    U.S. Office Products uses a centralized approach to cash management and the
financing of its operations. As a result, minimal amounts of cash and cash
equivalents and an agreed upon amount of debt will be allocated to the Company
at the time of the Distribution. The consolidated statement of income includes
an allocation of interest expense on all debt allocated to the Company. See Note
7 for further discussion of interest expense.
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
CHANGE IN FISCAL YEAR
 
    Prior to their respective dates of acquisition by U.S. Office Products, the
Pooled Companies reported results on years ending on December 31. Upon
acquisition by U.S. Office Products and effective for the fiscal year ended
April 26, 1997 ("fiscal 1997"), the Pooled Companies changed their year-ends
from December 31 to conform to U.S. Office Products' fiscal year, which ends on
the last Saturday in April. A four month fiscal transition period from January
1, 1996 through April 30, 1996 has been presented for the Company to conform its
fiscal year-end.
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and
accounts are eliminated in consolidation.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers temporary cash investments with original maturities of
three months or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
 
    Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of trade accounts receivable.
Receivables arising from sales to customers are not collateralized and, as a
result, management continually monitors the financial condition of its customers
to reduce the risk of loss.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined
on a first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis and consist primarily of products held for
sale.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment is stated at cost. Additions and improvements are
capitalized. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation of
property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the
estimated useful lives of the respective assets. The estimated useful lives
range from 25 to 40 years for buildings and its components and 3 to 15 years for
furniture, fixtures and equipment. Property and equipment leased under capital
leases is being amortized over the lesser of its useful life or its lease terms.
 
NOTES RECEIVABLE FROM EMPLOYEES
 
    The Company has outsanding promissory notes receivable due from two
employees which earn interest at a rate of approximately 7% per annum. The
promissory notes receivable are due in two equal installments with the first
payment, including accrued interest, due on June 30, 1998 and the final payment,
including all outstanding principal and remaining interest, due on June 30,
1999.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Intangible assets consist primarily of goodwill, which represents the excess
of cost over the fair value of assets acquired in business combinations
accounted for under the purchase method, and non-compete agreements.
Substantially all goodwill is amortized on a straight line basis over an
estimated useful life of 40 years. Management periodically evaluates the
recoverability of goodwill, which would be adjusted for a permanent decline in
value, if any, by comparing anticipated undiscounted future cash flows from
operations to net book value. Intangible assets associated with non-compete
agreements are being amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the agreements which are generally one to five years. Other
intangibles primarily consist of customer lists which are amortized over the
estimated useful lives of the agreements which are generally one to five years.
 
TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES
 
    Balance sheet accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated using the
year-end exchange rate, and statement of income accounts are translated using
the average exchange rate for the year. Translation adjustments are recorded as
a separate component of stockholder's equity.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments including cash
and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair
value.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    As a division of U.S. Office Products, the Company does not file separate
federal income tax returns but rather is included in the federal income tax
returns filed by U.S. Office Products and its subsidiaries from the respective
dates that the entities within the Company were acquired by U.S. Office
Products. For purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the Company's
allocated share of U.S. Office Products' income tax provision was based on the
"separate return" method. Certain companies acquired in pooling-of-interests
transactions elected to be taxed as subchapter S corporations, and accordingly,
no federal income taxes were recorded by those companies for periods prior to
their acquisition by U.S. Office Products.
 
TAXES ON UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS
 
    No provision is made for U.S. income taxes on earnings of the Company's
Canadian subsidiary company which the Company controls but does not include in
the consolidated federal income tax return since it is management's practice and
intent to permanently reinvest the earnings of this subsidiary.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenue is recognized upon the delivery of products or upon the completion
of services provided to customers as no additional obligations to the customers
exist. Returns of the Company's product are considered immaterial.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
COST OF REVENUES
 
    Vendor rebates are recognized on an accrual basis in the period earned and
are recorded as a reduction to cost of revenues. Delivery and occupancy costs
are included in cost of revenues.
 
ADVERTISING COSTS
 
    The Company expenses advertising costs when the advertisement occurs.
Advertising costs are included in the consolidated statement of income as a
component of selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising expense
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the fiscal year ended April
26, 1997 was $284, $551 and $1,410, respectively.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
    Research and development costs are charged to operations in the year
incurred. Research and development costs are included in the consolidated
statement of income as a component of selling, general and administrative
expenses.
 
INTERNALLY DEVELOPED SOFTWARE
 
    Internal costs related to internally developed software such as internal
salaries and supplies are expensed as incurred as a component of selling,
general and administrative expenses. External costs related to internally
developed software such as outside programmers and consultants are capitalized
and expensed over the expected useful life of the software, normally three to
five years.
 
NON-RECURRING ACQUISITION COSTS
 
    Non-recurring acquisition costs represent acquisition costs incurred by the
Company in business combinations accounted for under the pooling-of-interests
method. These costs include accounting, legal, and investment banking fees, real
estate and environmental assessments and appraisals and various regulatory fees.
Generally accepted accounting principles require the Company to expense all
acquisition costs (both those paid by the Company and those paid by the sellers
of the acquired companies) related to business combinations accounted for under
the pooling-of-interests method.
 
NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
    Net income per share is calculated in accordance with the Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," which
establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share ("EPS").
SFAS No. 128 requires dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the face of
the income statement. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing
income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares
outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that
could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were
exercised or converted into common stock. The difference between the
weighted-average number of common shares used for the calculation of basic EPS
and the weighted-average number of shares of common shares used for the diluted
EPS is comprised of the dilutive effect of outstanding common stock options.
However, a portion of the Company's employee stock options outstanding during
the periods presented were not included in the computation of diluted EPS as
they were anti-dilutive.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
 
   
    In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains, and losses)
in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. SFAS No. 130 requires
that all items that are required to be recognized under accounting standards as
components of comprehensive income be reported in a financial statement that is
displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. SFAS No. 130
is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997.
Reclassification of financial statements for earlier periods provided for
comparative purposes is required. The Company intends to adopt SFAS No. 130 in
fiscal 1999.
    
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA
 
    In the opinion of management, the Company has made all adjustments,
consisting only of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair presentation
of the financial condition of the Company as of January 24, 1998 and the results
of operations and of cash flows for the nine months ended January 25, 1997 and
January 24, 1998, as presented in the accompanying unaudited consolidated
financial data.
 
DISTRIBUTION RATIO
 
    On May 14, 1998, the U.S. Office Products Board of Directors approved the
distribution ratio for the Company in connection with the Distribution. At the
date of Distribution, the Company will issue to U.S. Office Products
shareholders one share of its common stock for every 7.5 shares of U.S. Office
Products common stock held by each respective shareholder. The share data
reflected in the accompanying financial statements represents the historical
share data for U.S. Office Products for the period or as of the date indicated,
and retroactively adjusted to give effect to the one for 7.5 distribution ratio.
 
NOTE 4--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
 
POOLING-OF-INTERESTS METHOD
 
    In fiscal 1997, the Company issued 10,868,509 shares of U.S. Office Products
common stock to acquire the Pooled Companies. The Pooled Companies and the
number of shares issued are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
COMPANY NAME                                                                     SHARES ISSUED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
SFI Corp. .....................................................................     2,897,060
Hano Document Printers, Inc. ..................................................       731,440
United Envelope Co., Inc.*.....................................................     2,863,634
Data Business Forms Limited....................................................     4,376,375
                                                                                 -------------
    Total shares issued........................................................    10,868,509
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
 
    *  Includes shares issued for the acquisitions of United Envelope Co.,
       Inc.; Rex Envelope Co., Inc.; Huxley Envelope Corporation and Pocono
       Envelope Corporation which were simultaneously acquired in the
       aggregate.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 4--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
    The Company's consolidated financial statements give retroactive effect to
the acquisitions of the Pooled Companies for all periods presented. Prior to
being acquired by U.S. Office Products, the Pooled Companies all reported on
years ending on December 31. Upon completion of the acquisitions of the Pooled
Companies, their year-ends were changed to U.S. Office Products' year-end of the
last Saturday in April.
 
    The following presents the separate results, in each of the periods
presented, of the Company (excluding the results of Pooled Companies prior to
the dates on which they were acquired), and the Pooled Companies up to the dates
on which they were acquired:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             WORKFLOW        POOLED
                                                                         MANAGEMENT, INC.   COMPANIES    COMBINED
                                                                         ----------------  -----------  ----------
<S>                                                                      <C>               <C>          <C>
For the year ended December 31, 1994
  Revenues.............................................................     $               $ 154,193   $  154,193
  Net income...........................................................     $               $   4,675   $    4,675
For the year ended December 31, 1995
  Revenues.............................................................     $               $ 309,426   $  309,426
  Net income...........................................................     $               $   6,356   $    6,356
For the four months ended April 30, 1996
  Revenues.............................................................     $               $ 114,099   $  114,099
  Net income...........................................................     $               $   5,758   $    5,758
For the year ended April 26, 1997
  Revenues.............................................................     $   29,373      $ 298,008   $  327,381
  Net income (loss)....................................................     $      (61)     $   5,491   $    5,430
For the nine months ended January 25, 1997 (unaudited):
  Revenues.............................................................     $               $ 239,751   $  239,751
  Net income...........................................................     $               $   5,497   $    5,497
For the nine months ended January 24, 1998 (unaudited):
  Revenues.............................................................     $  257,777      $           $  257,777
  Net income...........................................................     $    7,549      $           $    7,549
</TABLE>
 
PURCHASE METHOD
 
    In 1995, one of the Pooled Companies made an acquisition accounted for under
the purchase method for an aggregate purchase price of $45,310, consisting of
$37,859 of cash and common stock with a market value of $7,451. The total assets
related to this acquisition were $63,085. No goodwill was generated in the
acquisition. The results of this acquisition have been included in the Company's
results from its date of acquisition.
 
    During the nine months ended January 24, 1998, the Company made one
acquisition accounted for under the purchase method for an aggregate purchase
price of $1,998, consisting of 120,066 shares of common stock with a market
value of $2,112 and net of $114 of cash acquired. The total assets related to
this acquisition were $2,705, including intangible assets of $1,445. The results
of this acquisition have been included in the Company's results from its date of
acquisition.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 4--BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (CONTINUED)
    The following presents the unaudited pro forma results of operations of the
Company for the year ended December 31, 1995 and includes the Company's
consolidated financial statements, which give retroactive effect to the
acquisitions of the Pooled Companies for all periods presented, and the results
of the purchase acquisition completed in 1995 as if it had been made at the
beginning of 1995. The results presented below include certain pro forma
adjustments to reflect the amortization of intangible assets, adjustments in
executive compensation of $875 for the year ended December 31, 1995, and the
inclusion of a federal income tax provision on all earnings:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEAR ENDED
                                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                             -----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>
Revenues...................................................................     $   319,527
Income before extraordinary items..........................................           5,303
Net income.................................................................           4,603
</TABLE>
 
    The unaudited pro forma results of operations are prepared for comparative
purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results that would have
occurred had the acquisitions occurred at the beginning of 1995 or the results
which may occur in the future.
 
NOTE 5--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        APRIL 30,   APRIL 26,
                                                                           1996        1997
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Land..................................................................  $    1,589  $    1,022
Buildings.............................................................       3,144       4,705
Furniture and fixtures................................................      34,207      42,394
Warehouse equipment...................................................       3,624       1,013
Equipment under capital leases........................................         589         916
Leasehold improvements................................................       2,167       2,933
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                            45,320      52,983
Less: Accumulated depreciation........................................     (13,673)    (19,864)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Net property and equipment............................................  $   31,647  $   33,119
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the
four months ended April 30, 1996, and the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 was
$1,904, $4,720, $3,174 and $5,778, respectively.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 6--INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Intangible assets consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               APRIL 30,    APRIL 26,   JANUARY 24,
                                                                 1996         1997         1998
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
Goodwill....................................................   $     496    $     496    $   1,940
Non-compete agreements......................................         287          322          322
Other.......................................................         304          507          506
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                   1,087        1,325        2,768
Less: Accumulated amortization..............................        (208)        (412)        (565)
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
      Net intangible assets.................................   $     879    $     913    $   2,203
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the
four months ended April 30, 1996, fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and the nine
months ended January 24, 1998 was $17, $74, $44, $204 and $165 (unaudited),
respectively.
 
NOTE 7--CREDIT FACILITIES
 
SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
    Short-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          APRIL 30,  APRIL 26,
                                                                            1996       1997
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Credit facilities with banks, average interest rate of 8.4% at
  April 30, 1996........................................................  $  19,201  $
Current maturities of long-term debt....................................      4,314      3,681
                                                                          ---------  ---------
      Total short-term debt.............................................  $  23,515  $   3,681
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          APRIL 30,  APRIL 26,
                                                                            1996       1997
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Notes payable, secured by certain assets of the Company, interest rates
  ranging from 7.5% to 13.4%............................................  $  32,037  $   9,283
Capital lease obligations...............................................        385        432
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             32,422      9,715
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt..............................     (4,314)    (3,681)
                                                                          ---------  ---------
      Total long-term debt..............................................  $  28,108  $   6,034
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 7--CREDIT FACILITIES (CONTINUED)
 
MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    Maturities on long-term debt, including capital lease obligations, are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
1998...............................................................  $   3,681
1999...............................................................      5,953
2000...............................................................         36
2001...............................................................         26
2002...............................................................         19
Thereafter.........................................................
                                                                     ---------
      Total maturities of long-term debt...........................  $   9,715
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
PAYABLE TO U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS
 
    The short-term payable to U.S. Office Products was incurred by the Company
primarily as a result of U.S. Office Products repaying short-term debt
outstanding at the businesses acquired by U.S. Office Products at or soon after
the respective dates of acquisition and through the centralized cash management
system, which involves daily advances or sweeps of cash to keep the cash balance
at or near zero on a daily basis.
 
    The long-term payable to U.S. Office Products primarily represents payments
made by U.S. Office Products on behalf of the Company and a reasonable
allocation by U.S. Office Products of certain general corporate expenses.
Interest has been allocated to the Company based upon the Company's average
outstanding payable balance with U.S. Office Products at U.S. Office Products
average interest rate during such period. U.S. Office Products allocated $1,013
(unaudited) of interest expense to the Company during the nine months ended
January 24, 1998. There was no significant amount of intercompany debt
outstanding during prior periods and, therefore, no interest expense was
allocated to the Company by U.S. Office Products during such periods.
 
    At the date of Distribution, U.S. Office Products has agreed to allocate
$30,000 in debt to the Company. The allocation will first include debt
outstanding with third parties and the balance will represent intercompany debt
payable to U.S. Office Products. The debt payable to U.S. Office Products will
be payable upon the completion of the Distribution. The Company is currently in
discussions with several financial institutions regarding a credit facility of
approximately $150,000 which would be used for working capital and acquisition
purposes. The Company expects that the credit facility will include customary
covenants including maintenance of financial ratios and limitations on dividend
payments.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 8--INCOME TAXES
 
    Domestic and foreign income before provision for income taxes and
extraordinary items consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          FOR THE
                                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED        FOR THE FOUR       FISCAL
                                                        ----------------------------   MONTHS ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                                        DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,      APRIL 30,       APRIL 26,
                                                            1994           1995            1996            1997
                                                        -------------  -------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>
Domestic..............................................    $   5,054      $   5,582       $   4,599       $   4,006
Foreign...............................................                       1,441           2,510           5,912
                                                             ------         ------          ------          ------
    Total.............................................    $   5,054      $   7,023       $   7,109       $   9,918
                                                             ------         ------          ------          ------
                                                             ------         ------          ------          ------
</TABLE>
 
    The provision for income taxes consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              FOR THE
                                                               FOR THE YEAR ENDED          FOR THE FOUR       FISCAL
                                                        --------------------------------   MONTHS ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,       APRIL 30,       APRIL 26,
                                                             1994             1995             1996            1997
                                                        ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Income taxes currently payable:
  Federal.............................................     $                $                $               $     196
  State...............................................           379              376              460             628
  Foreign.............................................                           (409)             891           3,526
                                                               -----              ---           ------          ------
                                                                 379              (33)           1,351           4,350
                                                               -----              ---           ------          ------
Deferred income tax expense (benefit).................                                                            (660)
                                                               -----              ---           ------          ------
    Total provision for income taxes..................     $     379        $     (33)       $   1,351       $   3,690
                                                               -----              ---           ------          ------
                                                               -----              ---           ------          ------
</TABLE>
 
    Deferred taxes are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               APRIL 30,  APRIL 26,
                                                                                                 1996       1997
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
Current deferred tax assets:
  Inventory..................................................................................  $          $     145
  Allowance for doubtful accounts............................................................                   497
  Accrued liabilities........................................................................                   168
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
    Total current deferred tax assets........................................................                   810
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Long-term deferred tax liabilities:
  Property and equipment.....................................................................                (1,238)
  Intangible assets..........................................................................                    36
  Other......................................................................................     (4,704)    (3,653)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
    Total long-term deferred tax liabilities.................................................     (4,704)    (4,855)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
    Net deferred tax liability...............................................................  $  (4,704) $  (4,045)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 8--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The Company's effective income tax rate varied from the U.S. federal
statutory tax rate as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FOR THE YEAR ENDED          FOR THE FOUR    FOR THE FISCAL
                                                        --------------------------------   MONTHS ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                                         DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,       APRIL 30,        APRIL 26,
                                                             1994             1995             1996             1997
                                                        ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
U.S. federal statutory rate...........................          35.0%            35.0%            35.0%            35.0%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax
  benefit.............................................           7.5              5.4              6.5              6.8
Subchapter S corporation income not subject to
  corporate level taxation............................         (35.0)           (27.7)           (22.6)           (24.6)
Foreign earnings not subject to U.S. taxes............                           (7.3)           (12.4)           (21.4)
Nondeductible acquisition costs.......................                                                             11.8
Foreign taxes.........................................                                            12.5             25.6
Other.................................................                           (5.9)                              4.0
                                                               -----            -----            -----            -----
Effective income tax rate.............................           7.5%             (0.5)%          19.0%             37.2%
                                                                -----            -----           -----             -----
                                                                -----            -----           -----             -----
</TABLE>
 
    Certain Pooled Companies were organized as subchapter S corporations prior
to the closing of their acquisitions by the Company and, as a result, the
federal tax on their income was the responsibility of their individual
stockholders. Accordingly, the specific Pooled Companies provided no federal
income tax expense prior to these acquisitions by the Company.
 
    The following unaudited pro forma income tax information is presented in
accordance with SFAS 109 as if the specific Pooled Companies had been subject to
federal income taxes for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        FOR THE
                                                                                                        FISCAL
                                                                                                      YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                       APRIL 26,
                                                                                                         1997
                                                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
Income before extraordinary items per consolidated statement of income.............................    $   6,228
Pro forma income tax provision adjustment..........................................................        2,440
                                                                                                          ------
Pro forma income before extraordinary items........................................................    $   3,788
                                                                                                          ------
                                                                                                          ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 9--LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    The Company leases various types of warehouse and office facilities and
equipment, furniture and fixtures under noncancelable lease agreements which
expire at various dates. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable
capital and operating leases are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 CAPITAL     OPERATING
                                                                                                 LEASES       LEASES
                                                                                               -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                            <C>          <C>
1998.........................................................................................   $     216    $   3,915
1999.........................................................................................         150        3,751
2000.........................................................................................          67        3,093
2001.........................................................................................          29        2,612
2002.........................................................................................          22        2,334
Thereafter...................................................................................                    3,467
                                                                                                    -----   -----------
Total minimum lease payments.................................................................         484    $  19,172
                                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                                            -----------
Less: Amounts representing interest..........................................................         (52)
                                                                                                    -----
Present value of net minimum lease payments..................................................   $     432
                                                                                                    -----
                                                                                                    -----
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense for all operating leases for the years ended December 31, 1994
and 1995, the four months ended April 30, 1996, and the fiscal year ended April
26, 1997 was $2,112, $6,137, $1,844, and $4,928, respectively.
 
NOTE 10--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
LITIGATION
 
    The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation arising in the
normal course of its business. Management believes that none of this litigation
will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of
operations or cash flows of the Company.
 
POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
 
    The Company has entered into employment agreements with several employees
that would result in payments to these employees upon a change of control or
certain other events. No amounts have been accrued at April 30, 1996 or April
26, 1997 related to these agreements, as no change of control has occurred.
 
DISTRIBUTION
 
    On or immediately after the Distribution, the Company expects to have a
credit facility in place. The terms of the credit facility are expected to
contain customary covenants including financial covenants. The Company plans to
use a portion of the proceeds from the credit facility to repay certain amounts
payable to U.S. Office Products.
 
    On or before the date of the Distribution, the Company, U.S. Office Products
and the other Spin-Off Companies will enter into the Distribution Agreement, the
Tax Allocation Agreement, and the Employee Benefits Agreement, and the Spin-Off
Companies will enter into the Tax Indemnification Agreement, and
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 10--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
may enter into other agreements, including agreements relating to referral of
customers to one another. These agreements are expected to provide, among other
things, for U.S. Office Products and the Company to indemnify each other from
tax and other liabilities relating to their respective businesses prior to and
following the Workflow Distribution. Certain of the obligations of the Company
and the other Spin-Off Companies to indemnify U.S. Office Products are joint and
several. Therefore, if one of the other Spin-Off Companies fails to satisfy its
indemnification obligations to U.S. Office Products when such a loss occurs, the
Company may be required to reimburse U.S. Office Products for all or a portion
of the losses that otherwise would have been allocated to other Spin-Off
Companies. In addition, the agreements will allocate liabilities, including
general corporate and securities liabilities of U.S. Office Products not
specifically related to the Company's business, between U.S. Office Products and
each Spin-Off Company.
 
NOTE 11--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    Effective September 1, 1996, the Company implemented the U.S. Office
Products 401(k) Retirement Plan (the "401(k) Plan") which allows employee
contributions in accordance with Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
The Company matches a portion of employee contributions and all full-time
employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan after one year of
service.
 
    Certain subsidiaries of the Company have, or had prior to implementation of
the 401(k) Plan, qualified defined contribution benefit plans, which allow for
voluntary pre-tax contributions by the employees. The subsidiaries paid all
general and administrative expenses of the plans and in some cases made matching
contributions on behalf of the employees. For 1994, 1995, the four months ended
April 30, 1996 and fiscal 1997, the subsidiaries incurred expenses totaling
$444, $602, $179 and $481, respectively, related to these plans.
 
NOTE 12--STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION BY U.S. OFFICE PRODUCTS
 
    During the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, U.S. Office Products
contributed $20,064 of capital to the Company. The contribution reflects the
forgiveness of intercompany debt by U.S. Office Products, as it was agreed that
the Company would be allocated only $30,000 of debt plus the amount of any
additional debt incurred after January 12, 1998 in connection with the
acquisition of entities that will become subsidiaries of the Company.
 
EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS
 
    Prior to the Distribution, certain employees of the Company participated in
the U.S. Office Products 1994 Long-Term Incentive Plan covering employees of
U.S. Office Products. U.S. Office Products, as the sole stockholder of the
Company prior to distribution, has approved a new stock option plan for the
Company. Upon Distribution, the Company expects to replace the options to
purchase shares of common stock of U.S. Office Products held by employees with
options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company.
 
    U.S. Office Products granted 402,290 options to Company employees under the
Plan during fiscal 1997; and the Company accounted for these options in
accordance with APB Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, because the exercise prices of
the options have equaled the market price on the date of grant, no
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 12--STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (CONTINUED)
compensation expense was recognized for the options granted. Had compensation
expense been recognized based upon the fair value of the stock options on the
grant date under the methodology prescribed by SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," the Company's net income and net income per share for
the year ended April 26, 1997 would not have been materially effected.
 
   
    Mr. Ledecky is receiving a stock option for Company Common Stock from the
Company as of June 10, 1998. The Board intends the option to be compensation for
Mr. Ledecky's services as an employee of the Company. The option will cover 7.5%
of the outstanding Company Common Stock determined as of the date of the
Distribution, with no anti-dilution provisions in the event of issuance of
additional shares of Common Stock (other than with respect to stock splits or
reverse stock splits). The option will have a per share exercise price equal to
the closing sale price of the Company Common Stock on Nasdaq on the first day of
post-Distribution trading, June 10, 1998 (the date of grant).
    
 
   
    As of June 10, 1998, the Company is granting an option for 7.5% of the
outstanding Company Common Stock determined as of the Distribution Date to Mr.
D'Agostino, approximately 10% to certain executive officers and 15,000 shares to
each non-employee director. The options will be granted under the 1998 Stock
Incentive Plan (the "Plan") and will have a per share exercise price equal to
the closing sale price of the Company Common Stock on Nasdaq on the first day of
post-Distribution trading, June 10, 1998 (the date of grant). Total options
available for grant under the Plan will be 30.0% of the outstanding shares of
the Company's common stock immediately following the Distribution, including the
options to be granted to Mr. Ledecky, Mr. D'Agostino, executive officers and
non-employee directors described above.
    
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 13--SEGMENT REPORTING
 
GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS
 
    The following table sets forth information as to the Company's operations in
its different geographic segments:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 UNITED
                                                                                 STATES      CANADA      TOTAL
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
For the year ended December 31, 1994:
  Revenues...................................................................  $  154,193  $           $  154,193
  Operating income...........................................................       7,288                   7,288
  Identifiable assets at year-end............................................      51,357                  51,357
 
For the year ended December 31, 1995:
  Revenues...................................................................  $  196,922  $  112,504  $  309,426
  Operating income...........................................................       7,859       4,596      12,455
  Identifiable assets at year-end............................................      64,301      56,329     120,630
 
For the four months ended April 30, 1996:
  Revenues...................................................................  $   73,047  $   41,052  $  114,099
  Operating income...........................................................       3,435       5,181       8,616
  Identifiable assets at period end..........................................      66,255      51,694     117,949
 
For the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997:
  Revenues...................................................................  $  205,910  $  121,471  $  327,381
  Operating income...........................................................       7,010       8,076      15,086
  Identifiable assets at year-end............................................      72,854      52,254     125,108
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 14--QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
    The following presents certain unaudited quarterly financial data for the
year ended December 31, 1995, the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997 and the
fiscal year ending April 25, 1998.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                              FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH      TOTAL
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
Revenues..................................................  $  65,497  $  80,595  $  79,815  $  83,519  $  309,426
Gross profit..............................................     15,770     19,361     19,229     20,107      74,467
Operating income..........................................      2,681      3,296      3,306      3,172      12,455
Net income................................................      1,789      1,529      1,744      1,294       6,356
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 14--QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 26, 1997
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------
                                                              FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH      TOTAL
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..................................................  $  78,071  $  80,227  $  81,453  $  87,630  $  327,381
Gross profit..............................................     21,717     22,518     22,647     24,159      91,041
Operating income..........................................      4,650      6,085      1,510      2,841      15,086
Net income (loss).........................................      2,974      3,181       (658)       (67)      5,430
Pro forma income (loss) before extraordinary item
  (see Note 8)............................................      1,809      1,935       (400)       444       3,788
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDING APRIL 25, 1998
                                                           --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                             FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH(1)     TOTAL
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------
Revenues.................................................  $  82,163  $  88,884  $  86,730               $  257,777
Gross profit.............................................     21,895     23,314     22,086                   67,295
Operating income.........................................      4,975      4,842      4,395                   14,212
Net income...............................................      2,703      2,582      2,264                    7,549
Pro forma income before extraordinary item (See Note
  8).....................................................      2,703      2,582      2,264                    7,549
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------
 
(1) This column was intentionally left blank as the information included in the
    consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending April 25, 1998
    is currently included through January 24, 1998.
 
NOTE 15--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
 
    On January 13, 1998, U.S. Office Products announced its intention to
complete the Distribution described in Note 1. In addition, subsequent to April
26, 1997, the Company has completed two business combinations accounted for
under the purchase method in exchange for U.S. Office Products common stock with
a market value on the date of acquisition of approximately $2,112 and cash of
$13,275. The results of operations for the nine months ended January 24, 1998
include the results of the acquired companies from their dates of acquisition.
 
    The following presents the unaudited pro forma results of operations of the
Company for fiscal 1997 as if the Distribution and acquisitions described above
had been consummated as of the beginning of fiscal 1997. The results presented
below include certain pro forma adjustments to reflect the amortization of
intangible assets, adjustments in executive compensation of $1,058, $793 and $84
for the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, the nine months ended January 25,
1997, and the nine months ended January 24, 1998, respectively, and the
inclusion of a federal income tax provision on all earnings:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                         FISCAL YEAR     ------------------------
                                                                            ENDED        JANUARY 25,  JANUARY 24,
                                                                        APRIL 26, 1997      1997         1998
                                                                       ----------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                    <C>               <C>          <C>
Revenues.............................................................     $  342,335      $ 250,820    $ 263,960
Income before extraordinary items....................................          7,806          6,067        7,882
</TABLE>
 
    The unaudited pro forma results of operations are prepared for comparative
purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results that would have
occurred had the acquisitions occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1997 or the
results which may occur in the future.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Stockholder of
Astrid Offset Corporation
 
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statements of
income, of stockholder's equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Astrid Offset Corporation at July
31, 1997 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 6, 1998
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                           ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             JULY 31,   OCTOBER 31,
                                                                                               1997        1997
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
                                                      ASSETS
Cash.......................................................................................  $     481   $     412
Marketable securities......................................................................        916         904
Accounts receivable........................................................................        954       1,180
Prepaid expenses and other assets..........................................................         74         102
Inventory..................................................................................        241         237
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
      Total current assets.................................................................      2,666       2,835
 
Property and equipment, net................................................................      1,695       1,582
Other assets...............................................................................         22
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
      Total assets.........................................................................  $   4,383   $   4,417
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current maturities, long-term debt.........................................................  $     422   $     271
Accounts payable...........................................................................         39         163
Accrued liabilities........................................................................        149          56
Due to officer.............................................................................         55          58
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
      Total current liabilities............................................................        665         548
 
Long-term debt.............................................................................      1,607       1,606
Deferred income taxes......................................................................        140         145
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities....................................................................      2,412       2,299
 
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock, no par value, 10 shares authorized, issued and outstanding.................         14          14
  Treasury stock...........................................................................     (1,064)     (1,064)
  Retained earnings........................................................................      3,021       3,168
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
      Total stockholder's equity...........................................................      1,971       2,118
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities and stockholder's equity...........................................  $   4,383   $   4,417
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
                                                                                             ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                           ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
 
                              STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                    YEAR ENDED       OCTOBER 31,
                                                                                     JULY 31,    --------------------
                                                                                       1997        1996       1997
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>          <C>        <C>
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
Sales.............................................................................   $  10,022   $   2,400  $   2,566
Cost of sales.....................................................................       5,850       1,306      1,378
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit....................................................................       4,172       1,094      1,188
Selling, general and administrative expenses......................................       1,819         370        419
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
  Operating income................................................................       2,353         724        769
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense................................................................         252         123          6
  Interest income.................................................................         (74)        (10)        (9)
  Realized and unrealized (gains) losses..........................................        (257)        (69)        13
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
Income before taxes on income.....................................................       2,432         680        759
Provision for city income taxes...................................................          87          11         19
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
Net income........................................................................   $   2,345   $     669  $     740
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
Unaudited pro forma information (see Note 2):
  Income before provision for income taxes........................................   $   2,432   $     680  $     759
  Pro forma Provision for income taxes............................................         973         272        304
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
    Pro forma net income..........................................................   $   1,459   $     408  $     455
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                    -----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                           ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
 
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         TOTAL
                                                                      COMMON    TREASURY   RETAINED   STOCKHOLDER'S
                                                                       STOCK      STOCK    EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance, July 31, 1996.............................................  $      14  $  (1,064) $   2,798   $    1,748
 
  Net income.......................................................                            2,345        2,345
  Distributions....................................................                           (2,122)      (2,122)
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
Balance, July 31, 1997.............................................         14     (1,064)     3,021        1,971
 
Unaudited data:
  Net income.......................................................                              740          740
  Distributions....................................................                             (593)        (593)
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
Balance, October 31, 1997 (unaudited)..............................  $      14  $  (1,064) $   3,168   $    2,118
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                           ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
 
                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                               YEAR ENDED       OCTOBER 31,
                                                                                JULY 31,    --------------------
                                                                                  1997        1996       1997
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                            <C>          <C>        <C>
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income.................................................................   $   2,345   $     669  $     740
  Adjustments to net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating
    activities:
    Depreciation and amortization............................................         475          76        135
    Unrealized/realized (gain) loss on sale of marketable trading
      securities.............................................................        (257)        (69)        13
      Deferred income taxes..................................................          32           4          5
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
      Marketable trading securities..........................................           4          (1)        (1)
      Accounts receivable....................................................        (192)       (506)      (226)
      Prepaid and other assets...............................................         (54)        (42)       (28)
      Inventory..............................................................         (26)       (116)         4
      Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...............................        (155)        (98)        31
      Due to officer.........................................................          (3)                     3
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities..................       2,169         (83)       676
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
Cash flow from financing activities:
  Principal payments on long-term debt.......................................        (525)        (85)      (152)
  Distributions to stockholder...............................................      (2,122)       (391)      (593)
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash used in financing activities................................      (2,647)       (476)      (745)
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
Net decrease in cash.........................................................        (478)       (559)       (69)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.................................         959         959        481
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year.......................................   $     481   $     400  $     412
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               -----------  ---------  ---------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid for interest.....................................................   $      74   $      24  $      27
  Cash paid for taxes........................................................   $      54   $      13  $      11
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transaction:
  Purchase of machinery and equipment for Note Payable.......................   $   1,550   $   1,550  $
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                           ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION
 
    Astrid Offset Corporation (the "Company") is a manufacturer and wholesale
vendor of sheet-fed offset printing and envelopes. The Company's sales are to
trade customers primarily in the greater New York City area.
 
    On February 2, 1998, the Company entered into a Letter of Intent with U.S.
Office Products Company ("U.S. Office Products") for the potential sale of
Astrid Offset Corporation to U.S. Office Products.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
USE OF ESTIMATES IN FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The Company's financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of
accounting, whereby revenues and related assets are generally recognized when
products are completed and shipped and expenses and related liabilities are
recognized when the obligations are incurred.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the date of
purchase to be cash equivalents.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are depreciated using straight-line and accelerated
methods over their estimated useful lives of three to seven years.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company has elected S-Corporation status as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code and states whereby the stockholder is taxed on his proportionate
share of the Company's taxable income. Therefore, no provision or liability for
federal income taxes has been included in the financial statements. The Company
is subject to New York City income tax which has been appropriately reflected in
the financial statements.
 
    Deferred income taxes are provided in recognition of timing differences
between financial statements and tax reporting of income and expense items since
the Company files its New York City income tax returns on a cash basis.
 
    The unaudited pro forma income tax information included in the Statement of
Operations is presented in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 109, "Accounting for
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                           ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Income Taxes", as if the Company had been subject to federal income taxes for
the entire periods presented.
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
accounts payable, and accrued liabilities as reflected in the financial
statements approximates fair value because of the short-term maturity of these
instruments. The carrying amounts of long-term debt approximates fair value.
 
MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
    The Company's marketable securities consist of investments in certain
equities and mutual funds and are classified as trading, accordingly, any
realized or unrelated gains and losses are recorded in the period incurred.
 
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The interim financial information for the three month periods ended October
31, 1996 and 1997 has been prepared from the unaudited financial records of the
Company and in the opinion of management, reflects all adjustments, consisting
only of normal recurring items, necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position and results of operations and of cash flows for the interim
periods presented.
 
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISKS
 
    Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations
of credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable. Receivables are
not collateralized and accordingly, the Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations to reduce the risk of loss. At July 31, 1997, $515 of the accounts
receivable balance relates to one customer and its subsidiaries.
 
    The Company maintains bank accounts at one financial institution. The
balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $100. At
July 31, 1997, the Company has no uninsured cash balances.
 
3. INVENTORY
 
    Inventory consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        JULY 31,
                                                                                          1997
                                                                                       -----------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Raw materials........................................................................   $     159
Work-in-process......................................................................          82
                                                                                            -----
                                                                                        $     241
                                                                                            -----
                                                                                            -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                           ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Machinery and equipment.............................................  $   4,699
Furniture and fixtures..............................................         80
Computer equipment..................................................         64
Leasehold improvements..............................................        206
Delivery equipment..................................................         31
                                                                      ---------
                                                                          5,080
Accumulated depreciation............................................     (3,385)
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      $   1,695
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation expense for the year ended July 31, 1997 was $304.
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    The long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           JULY 31,
                                                                                                             1997
                                                                                                           ---------
<S>                                                                                                        <C>
Instrument note to Summit Leasing Corp. payable in monthly installments of $9 including interest at 7.95%
  per annum. Note is collateralized by Komori Lithrone two-color press, with note maturing March
  1998. .................................................................................................  $      70
Installment note to Komar Leasing Corp. payable in monthly installments of $25 including interest at 8.9%
  per annum. Note is collateralized by Komori six-color press with the note maturing July 2004...........      1,385
Installment note to Emanuel Rosenbaum payable in monthly installments of $9 including interest at 10% per
  annum. The note matures October 1997. .................................................................         26
Note payable to Emanuel Rosenbaum due September 2000 with payment of interest only at 10% until September
  1997, monthly payments of $17 thereafter. Note is secured by treasury stock. ..........................        548
                                                                                                           ---------
                                                                                                               2,029
Current maturities.......................................................................................        422
                                                                                                           ---------
                                                                                                           $   1,607
                                                                                                           ---------
                                                                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                           ASTRID OFFSET CORPORATION
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
    Principal payments required under long-term debt obligations are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
1998................................................................  $     422
1999................................................................        372
2000................................................................        409
2001................................................................        268
2002-2004...........................................................        558
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      $   2,029
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>
 
6. LEASE COMMITMENTS
 
    In June 1997, the Company entered into a lease agreement for its primary
office facility. The lease terms requires annual payments of $384 (or $32
monthly) through 2007.
 
7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The Company's stockholder is the trustee for the profit sharing plan
maintained by the Company.
 
    The Company's largest customer, United Envelope, is a subsidiary of U.S.
Office Products Company and represents $515 of the Company's July 31, 1997
accounts receivable balance.
 
8. TREASURY STOCK
 
    In September 1990, the Company purchased common stock in the amount of
$1,064 from its former stockholder. The Company has a note outstanding in
connection with this treasury stock purchase.
 
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
    In April 1991, the Company established a profit sharing plan. Contributions
by the Company are discretionary and cannot exceed 15% of the total plan
compensation of all participants.
 
10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
    Shareholder distributions of $595 were made during the period of November 1,
1997, through January 31, 1998.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                    PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
The unaudited pro forma financial statements give effect to the spin-off of
Workflow Management, Inc. (the "Company"), formerly the Print Management
Division of U.S. Office Products Company ("U.S. Office Products"), through the
distribution of shares of the Company to U.S. Office Products shareholders (the
"Distribution") and probable and completed acquisitions through May 1, 1998.
 
    The pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to the Distribution and
the acquisition of Astrid Offest Corporation as if both transactions had
occurred as of the Company's most recent balance sheet date, January 24, 1998.
The pro forma combined statements of income for the fiscal year ended April 26,
1997 and the nine months ended January 24, 1998 and January 25, 1997 give effect
to the Distribution and the acquisitions of Astrid Offset Corporation and FMI
Graphics, Inc., an individually insignificant company, in business combinations
accounted for under the purchase method which have been completed during the
fiscal year ending April 25, 1998 (the "Fiscal 1998 Purchase Acquisitions"), as
if all such transactions had occurred on May 1, 1996.
 
    The pro forma combined statement of income for the year ended April 26, 1997
includes the audited financial information of the Company for the year ended
April 26, 1997 and the unaudited financial information of the Fiscal 1998
Purchase Acquisitions for the period from May 1, 1996 through April 26, 1997.
 
    The pro forma combined statement of income for the nine months ended January
24, 1998 includes the unaudited financial information of the Company and the
Fiscal 1998 Purchase Acquisitions for the nine months ended January 24, 1998.
 
    The pro forma combined statement of income for the nine months ended January
25, 1997 includes the unaudited financial information of the Company and the
Fiscal 1998 Purchase Acquisitions for the nine months ended January 25, 1997.
 
    The historical financial statements of the Company give retroactive effect
to the results of the seven companies acquired by the Company during the fiscal
year ended April 26, 1997 in business combinations accounted for under the
pooling-of-interests method of accounting.
 
    The historical financial statements of the Company also reflect an allocated
portion of general and administrative costs incurred by U.S. Office Products.
The allocated costs include expenses such as: certain corporate executives'
salaries, accounting and legal fees, departmental costs for accounting, finance,
legal, purchasing, marketing and human resources, as well as other general
overhead costs. These corporate overheads have been allocated to the Company
using one of several factors, dependent on the nature of the costs being
allocated, including revenues, number and size of acquisitions and number of
employees. Interest costs have been allocated to the Company based upon the
Company's average intercompany balance with U.S. Office Products at U.S. Office
Products' weighted average interest rate during such periods.
 
    The pro forma adjustments are based upon preliminary estimates, available
information and certain assumptions that management deems appropriate. The
unaudited pro forma combined financial data presented herein does not purport to
represent what the Company's financial position or results of operations would
have been had the transactions which are the subject of pro forma adjustments
occurred on those dates, as assumed, and are not necessarily representative of
the Company's financial position or results of operations in any future period.
The pro forma combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the other financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                        PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                JANUARY 24, 1998
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   ASTRID
                                                                  WORKFLOW         OFFSET       PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                              MANAGEMENT, INC.   CORPORATION   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>            <C>          <C>
 
<CAPTION>
                                                        ASSETS
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>            <C>          <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................     $      248       $     330     $    (578)(b)  $
  Accounts receivable, net..................................         54,121           1,158                     55,279
  Inventory.................................................         29,330             209                     29,539
  Prepaid and other current assets..........................          1,875              87                      1,962
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Total current assets....................................         85,574           1,784          (578)      86,780
Property and equipment, net.................................         31,064           2,718                     33,782
Notes receivable from employees.............................          3,643                                      3,643
Intangible assets, net......................................          2,203                        12,029(a)     14,232
Other assets................................................          4,621              15                      4,636
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Total assets............................................     $  127,105       $   4,517     $  11,451    $ 143,073
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<CAPTION>
 
                                         LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>            <C>          <C>
Current liabilities:
  Short-term debt...........................................     $    4,939       $     640     $    (640)(b)  $   4,939
  Short-term payable to U.S. Office Products................         17,658                       (17,658)(b)
  Accounts payable..........................................         23,749             173                     23,922
  Accrued compensation......................................          4,004                                      4,004
  Other accrued liabilities.................................          9,854             103                      9,957
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Total current liabilities...............................         60,204             916       (18,298)      42,822
 
Long-term debt..............................................          5,498           2,240        32,900(b)     40,638
Long-term payable to U.S. Office Products...................          1,905                        13,275(a)
                                                                                                  (15,180)(b)
Deferred income taxes.......................................          3,507             115                       3,62
Other long-term liabilities.................................             12                                         12
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities.......................................         71,126           3,271        12,697       87,094
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Stockholder's equity:
  Common stock..............................................                                           15(c)         15
  Additional paid-in-capital................................                                       47,711(c)     47,711
  Divisional equity.........................................         47,726                       (47,726)(c)
  Cumulative translation adjustment.........................         (1,365)                                    (1,365)
  Retained earnings.........................................          9,618                                      9,618
  Equity in purchased company...............................                          1,246        (1,246)(a)
    Total stockholder's equity..............................         55,979           1,246        (1,246)      55,979
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholder's equity..............     $  127,105       $   4,517     $  11,451    $ 143,073
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                              ----------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 24, 1998
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          ASTRID
                                                        WORKFLOW          OFFSET           FMI          PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                    MANAGEMENT, INC.    CORPORATION   GRAPHICS, INC.   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                                    -----------------   -----------   --------------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>
Revenues..........................................      $257,777          $7,115          $1,914         $(2,846)(d) $263,960
Cost of revenues..................................       190,482           4,210           1,258          (2,846)(d)  193,104
                                                        --------        -----------       ------       -----------   ---------
    Gross profit..................................        67,295           2,905             656                       70,856
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses......        52,918           1,364             499             (84)(e)   54,697
Amortization expense..............................           165                                             233(g)       398
                                                        --------        -----------       ------       -----------   ---------
    Operating income..............................        14,212           1,541             157            (149)      15,761
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense................................         1,665              22               2           1,046(h)     2,735
  Interest income.................................            (9)            (17)             (2)             28(h)
  Other income....................................          (205)           (128)                                        (333)
                                                        --------        -----------       ------       -----------   ---------
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes...        12,761           1,664             157          (1,223)      13,359
Provision for income taxes........................         5,212                               4             261(i)     5,477
                                                        --------        -----------       ------       -----------   ---------
Net income (loss).................................      $  7,549          $1,664          $  153         $(1,484)    $  7,882
                                                        --------        -----------       ------       -----------   ---------
                                                        --------        -----------       ------       -----------   ---------
Weighted average shares outstanding:
    Basic.........................................        15,301                                                       14,625(j)
    Diluted.......................................        15,625                                                       14,625(j)
Net income per share:
    Basic.........................................      $   0.49                                                     $   0.54
                                                        --------                                                     ---------
                                                        --------                                                     ---------
    Diluted.......................................      $   0.48                                                     $   0.54
                                                        --------                                                     ---------
                                                        --------                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                   FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED JANUARY 25, 1997
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ASTRID
                                                    WORKFLOW          OFFSET            FMI         PRO FORMA    PRO FORMA
                                                MANAGEMENT, INC.    CORPORATION   GRAPHICS, INC.   ADJUSTMENTS   COMBINED
                                                -----------------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                             <C>                <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
Revenues......................................      $ 239,751        $   7,056       $   6,835      $  (2,822)(d)  $ 250,820
Cost of revenues..............................        172,869            4,219           4,717         (2,822)(d)    178,983
                                                     --------           ------          ------     -----------  -----------
    Gross profit..............................         66,882            2,837           2,118                      71,837
 
Selling, general and administrative
  expenses....................................         51,590            1,469           2,086           (793)(e)     55,074
                                                                                                          722(f)
Amortization expense..........................            145                                             253(g)        398
Non-recurring acquisition costs...............          2,902                                                        2,902
                                                     --------           ------          ------     -----------  -----------
    Operating income..........................         12,245            1,368              32           (182)      13,463
 
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense............................          3,910                               10         (1,185)(h)      2,735
  Interest income.............................            (21)             (27)            (11)            59(h)
  Other.......................................            610             (146)            (19)                        445
                                                     --------           ------          ------     -----------  -----------
Income before provision for income taxes......          7,746            1,541              52            944       10,283
Provision for income taxes....................          2,249                                           1,967(i)      4,216
                                                     --------           ------          ------     -----------  -----------
    Net income................................      $   5,497        $   1,541       $      52      $  (1,023)   $   6,067
                                                     --------           ------          ------     -----------  -----------
                                                     --------           ------          ------     -----------  -----------
Weighted average shares outstanding:
  Basic.......................................         11,464                                                       14,625(j)
  Diluted.....................................         11,710                                                       14,625(j)
Net income per share:
  Basic.......................................      $    0.48                                                    $    0.41
                                                     --------                                                   -----------
                                                     --------                                                   -----------
  Diluted.....................................      $    0.47                                                    $    0.41
                                                     --------                                                   -----------
                                                     --------                                                   -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
 
                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 26, 1997
 
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ASTRID
                                                      WORKFLOW         OFFSET           FMI          PRO FORMA     PRO FORMA
                                                  MANAGEMENT, INC.    CORPORATE    GRAPHICS, INC    ADJUSTMENTS    COMBINED
                                                  -----------------  -----------  ---------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                               <C>                <C>          <C>              <C>            <C>
Revenues........................................      $ 327,381       $   9,963      $   8,976       $  (3,985)(d)  $ 342,335
Cost of revenues................................        236,340           5,934          6,186          (3,985)(d)    244,475
                                                       --------      -----------        ------     -------------  -----------
    Gross profit................................         91,041           4,029          2,790                        97,860
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses....         70,753           2,035          2,779          (1,058)(e)     75,038
                                                                                                           529(f)
Amortization expense............................            196                                            334(g)        530
Non-recurring acquisition costs.................          5,006                                                        5,006
                                                       --------      -----------        ------     -------------  -----------
    Operating income............................         15,086           1,994             11             195        17,286
 
Other (income) expense:
  Interest expense..............................          4,561                             10            (924)(h)      3,647
  Interest income...............................            (25)            (36)           (15)             76(h)
  Other.........................................            632            (209)           (15)                          408
                                                       --------      -----------        ------     -------------  -----------
Income before provision for income taxes and
  extraordinary items...........................          9,918           2,239             31           1,043        13,231
Provision for income taxes......................          3,690                                          1,735(i)      5,425
                                                       --------      -----------        ------     -------------  -----------
Net income (loss)...............................      $   6,228       $   2,239      $      31       $    (692)    $   7,806
                                                       --------      -----------        ------     -------------  -----------
                                                       --------      -----------        ------     -------------  -----------
Weighted average shares outstanding:
    Basic.......................................         12,003                                                       14,625(i)
    Diluted.....................................         12,235                                                       14,625(i)
Income before extraordinary items per share:
    Basic.......................................      $    0.52                                                    $    0.53
                                                       --------                                                   -----------
                                                       --------                                                   -----------
    Diluted.....................................      $    0.51                                                    $    0.53
                                                       --------                                                   -----------
                                                       --------                                                   -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
       See accompanying notes to pro forma combined financial statements.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                    (DOLLARS AND SHARE AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
1. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS
 
    (a) Adjustment to reflect purchase price adjustments associated with the
acquisition of Astrid Offset Corporation ("Astrid"). The acquisition of Astrid
will be initially funded by U.S. Office Products, accordingly, an adjustment has
been made to increase the long-term payable to U.S. Office Products by $13,275.
The portion of the consideration assigned to goodwill ($12,029) in this
transaction, which was accounted for under the purchase method, represents the
excess of the cost over the fair market value of the net assets acquired. The
Company amortizes goodwill over a period of 40 years. The recoverability of the
unamortized goodwill will be assessed on an ongoing basis by comparing
anticipated undiscounted future cash flows from operations to net book value.
 
    (b) Represents payment of debt of $33,478 due to U.S. Office Products
through the use of $578 of cash and $32,900 in borrowings drawn from the
Company's credit facility entered into concurrently with the Distribution as
U.S. Office Products agreed to allocate only $45,577 of the total debt payable
to U.S. Office Products by the Company ($4,939 and $40,638 in short-term and
long-term debt, respectively) at the date of the Distribution.
 
   
    (c) Adjustment to reflect the reclassification of divisional equity to
common stock and additional paid-in-capital as a result of the Workflow
Distribution. The Workflow Distribution will result in the issuance of 14,625
shares of Common Stock.
    
 
2. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME ADJUSTMENTS
 
   
    (d) Adjustment to reflect the elimination of revenues and cost of revenues
on transactions between Astrid Offset and the Company.
    
 
   
    (e) Adjustment to reflect reductions in executive compensation as a result
of the elimination of certain executive positions and the renegotiations of
executive compensation agreements resulting from certain acquisitions. The
Company believes that these reductions are expected to remain in place for the
foreseeable future and are not reasonably likely to affect operating
performance.
    
 
   
    (f) Adjustment to reflect additional corporate overhead during the period
prior to the formation of the Print Management division by U.S. Office Products
as if the division had been formed on May 1, 1996.
    
 
   
    (g) Adjustment to reflect the increase in amortization expense relating to
goodwill recorded in purchase accounting related to the Fiscal 1998 Purchase
Acquisitions for the periods prior to the respective dates of acquisition. The
Company has recorded goodwill amortization in the historical financial
statements from the respective dates of acquisition forward. The goodwill is
being amortized over an estimated life of 40 years.
    
 
   
    (h) Adjustment to reflect the increase/reduction in interest expense.
Interest expense is being calculated on the debt outstanding at January 24, 1998
of $45,577 at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 8.0%. The
adjustment also reflects a reduction in interest income to zero as the Company
expects to use all available cash to repay debt rather than for investment
purposes. Pro forma interest expense will fluctuate $21 on an annual basis for
each 0.125% change in interest rates.
    
 
   
    (i) Adjustment to calculate the provision for income taxes on the combined
pro forma results at an effective income tax rate of approximately 41%. The
difference between the effective tax rate of 41% and the statutory tax rate of
35% relates primarily to state income taxes and non-deductible goodwill. This
    
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                           WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
          NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                    (DOLLARS AND SHARE AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
2. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME ADJUSTMENTS (CONTINUED)
adjustment assumes that all companies were taxed at 41% regardless of how they
were taxed prior to being acquired by the Company, including those companies
that previously paid no taxes under subchapter S.
 
   
    (j) The weighted average shares outstanding used to calculate pro forma
earnings per share of 14,625 is calculated based upon approximately 109,690
shares of the U.S. Office Products common stock expected to be outstanding on
the date of the Workflow Distribution divided by 7.5, which is the Distribution
Ratio.
    
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The following table sets forth the fees and expenses payable by the Company
in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities in the
Workflow Distribution. All of such expenses except the Securities and Exchange
Commission registration fee are estimated:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
SEC Registration................................................................  $  10,243
Nasdaq Listing Fee..............................................................  $  47,500
Legal Fees and Expenses.........................................................  $ 500,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses....................................................  $ 500,000
Printing Fees and Expenses......................................................  $ 350,000
Transfer Agent and Registration Fees and Expenses...............................  $  75,000
Miscellaneous...................................................................  $  17,257
                                                                                  ---------
      Total.....................................................................  $1,500,000
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Article Nine of the Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company
shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
 
    Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits
a corporation, under specified circumstances, to indemnify its directors,
officers, employees or agents against expenses (including attorney's fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably
incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by
third parties by reason of the fact that they were or are directors, officers,
employees or agents of the corporation, if such directors, officers, employees
or agents acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in
or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reason to believe their conduct was
unlawful. In a derivative action, i.e., one by or in the right of the
corporation, indemnification may be made only for expenses actually and
reasonably incurred by directors, officers, employees or agents in connection
with the defense or settlement of an action or suit, and only with respect to a
matter as to which they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made if such person shall
have been adjudged liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that
the court in which the action or suit was brought shall determine upon
application that the defendant directors, officers, employees or agents are
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such
adjudication of liability.
 
    Article Eight of the Certificate of Incorporation states that directors of
Workflow Management will not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for
monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for
liability: (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company
or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under
Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which makes
directors liable for unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
redemptions; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit.
 
    Article IV of the Bylaws provides that Workflow Management shall indemnify
its officers and directors (and those serving at the request of the Company as
an officer or director of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust
or other enterprise), and may indemnify its employees and agents (and
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
those serving at the request of the Company as an employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred, if such officer, director, employee
or agent acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of Workflow Management, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful. In a derivative action, indemnification shall be limited to
expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such
officer, director, employee or agent in the defense or settlement of such action
or suit, and no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to Workflow
Management unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or
the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon
application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other
court shall deem proper.
 
    Unless the Company Board otherwise determines in a specific case, expenses
incurred by an officer or director in defending a civil or criminal action, suit
or proceeding shall be paid by Workflow Management in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by
or on behalf of the officer or director to repay such amount if it shall
ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Company.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    None.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    See index to exhibits.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized in Palm Beach, Florida, on June 10, 1998.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>  <C>
                                WORKFLOW MANAGEMENT, INC.
 
                                By:  /s/ THOMAS B. D'AGOSTINO
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     Name: Thomas B. D'Agostino
                                     TITLE: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
</TABLE>
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
    Each person named below constitutes and appoints Thomas B. D'Agostino and
Gus J. James, II as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, each acting
alone with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments
(including post-effective amendments) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1,
and to any registration statement filed under Securities and Exchange Commission
Rule 462, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto
said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each
and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and
agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue thereof.
 
   
          SIGNATURE                      CAPACITY                  DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
 
   /s/ THOMAS B. D'AGOSTINO     Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------    (Principal Executive         June 10, 1998
     Thomas B. D'Agostino         Officer); Director
 
              *                 Chief Financial Officer
- ------------------------------    (Principal Financial         June 10, 1998
       Steven R. Gibson           and Accounting Officer)
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
     Thomas A. Brown, Sr.
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
       Gus J. James, II
 
                                      II-3
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>                             <S>                         <C>
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
     Jonathan J. Ledecky
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
       Timothy L. Tabor
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                       June 10, 1998
       F. Craig Wilson
</TABLE>
    
 
*  Thomas B. D'Agostino
 
   Attorney-in-Fact
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <S>
 
   3.1**    Certificate of Incorporation
 
   3.2**    Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation
 
   3.3**    By-laws
 
   4.1**    Form of certificate representing shares of Common Stock
 
   5**      Opinion of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering as to legality of securities being offered
 
   8**      Tax opinion of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering
 
  10.1**    Form of Distribution Agreement among U.S. Office Products Company, Workflow Graphics, Inc., Paradigm
              Concepts, Inc., TDOP, Inc. and School Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.2**    Form of Tax Allocation Agreement among U.S. Office Products Company, Workflow Graphics, Inc., Paradigm
              Concepts, Inc., TDOP, Inc. and School Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.3**    Form of Tax Indemnification Agreement among Workflow Graphics, Inc., Paradigm Concepts, Inc., TDOP,
              Inc. and School Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.4**    Form of Employee Benefits Agreement among U.S. Office Products Company, Workflow Graphics, Inc.,
              Paradigm Concepts, Inc., TDOP, Inc. and School Specialty, Inc.
 
  10.5**    Agreement dated as of January 24, 1997 between SFI Corp. and Thomas B. D'Agostino
 
  10.6**    Agreement dated as of January 24, 1997 between Hano Document Printers, Inc. and Timothy L. Tabor
 
  10.7**    Services Agreement dated as of January 13, 1998 between U.S. Office Products Company and Jonathan J.
              Ledecky
 
  10.8**    Form of Credit Agreement
 
  10.9**    Form of 1998 Stock Incentive Plan
 
  10.10**   Form of Executive Employment Agreement
 
  10.11*    Form of Employment Agreement between Workflow Management, Inc. and Jonathan J. Ledecky
 
  10.12**   Employment Agreement between Workflow Management, Inc. and Steven R. Gibson
 
  10.13**   Employment Agreement between Workflow Management, Inc. and Claudia S. Amlie
 
  10.14*    Amendment to Services Agreement dated as of June 8, 1998 between U.S. Office Products Company and
              Jonathan J. Ledecky
 
  10.15**   Form of License between Workflow Management, Inc. and U.S. Office Products Company for Imagenet
              technology
 
  21**      Subsidiaries of Registrant
 
  23.1**    Consent of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering contained in Exhibit 5 hereto
 
  23.2*     Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
 
  23.3*     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
  23.4*     Consent of Hertz, Herson & Company, LLP
 
  23.5*     Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT                                                  DESCRIPTION
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <S>
  23.6*     Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
 
  23.7**    Consent of Jonathan J. Ledecky to be named as a director
 
  23.8**    Consent of Timothy L. Tabor to be named as a director
 
  23.9**    Consent of Gus J. James, II to be named as a director
 
  23.10**   Consent of Thomas A. Brown, Sr. to be named as a director
 
  23.11**   Consent of Wilmer, Cutler & Pickering contained in Exhibit 8 hereto.
 
  24.1**    Power of Attorney (included on signature page in Part II)
 
  27**      Financial data schedule
 
  99.1**    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------
 
*   Filed herewith
 
**  Previously filed
 
*** To be filed by amendment.
 
                                      II-6

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 10, 1998 (except
for Note 1 and the last paragraph of Note 3, which are as of May 14, 1998),
relating to the financial statements of Workflow Management, Inc. at April 30,
1996 and April 26, 1997 and for the year ended December 31, 1995, the four
months ended April 30, 1996 and the fiscal year ended April 26, 1997, which
appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the application of such report to
the Financial Statement Schedule for the year ended April 30, 1995, the four
month period ended April 30, 1996 and the year ended April 26, 1997 listed as
Exhibit 99.1 of this Registration Statement when such schedule is read in
conjunction with the financial statements referred to in our report. The audits
referred to in such report also included this schedule. We also consent to the
reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
   
Minneapolis, MN
June 10, 1998
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
The Board of Directors
  Workflow Management, Inc.:
 
    The audit referred to in our report dated February 17, 1998, included the
related financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 1994,
included in the registration statement. This financial statement schedule is the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our audit. In our opinion,
based on our audit and the report of other auditors, such financial statement
schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated statements of
income, stockholders' equity and cash flows taken as a whole, presents fairly in
all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
    We consent to the use of our reports included herein, with respect to the
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of
Workflow Management, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1994
and the related financial statement schedule and to the reference to our firm
under the heading "Experts" included herein.
 
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
 
   
Norfolk, Virginia
June 10, 1998
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Workflow Management, Inc. of our report
dated March 6, 1996, relating to the combined financial statements of United
Envelope Co., Inc. and its affiliate Rex Envelope Co., Inc., and our report
dated March 4, 1996 relating to the financial statements of Huxley Envelope
Corporation, which reports appear in such Prospectus. We also consent to the
application of such report to the Financial Statement Schedule for the two years
ended December 31, 1995 listed as Exhibit 99.1 of this Registration Statement
when such schedule is read in conjunction with the financial statements referred
to in our report. The audits referred to in such report also include this
schedule. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in
such Prospectus.
 
HERTZ, HERSON & COMPANY, LLP
 
   
New York, New York
June 10, 1998
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.5
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
The Board of Directors
  Workflow Management, Inc.:
 
    We consent to the use of our report included herein, with respect to the
balance sheet of Hano Document Printers, Inc. as of December 31, 1995 and the
related statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year
then ended and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" included
herein.
 
   
KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
Norfolk, Virginia
June 10, 1998
    

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.6
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 6, 1998,
relating to the financial statements of Astrid Offset Corporation which appears
in such Prospectus. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading
"Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
   
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Minneapolis, MN
June 10, 1998
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission